[dutch-svn] r92 - trunk/misc
thijs at alioth.debian.org
thijs at alioth.debian.org
Sun Jun 10 14:06:07 UTC 2007
Author: thijs
Date: 2007-06-10 14:06:07 +0000 (Sun, 10 Jun 2007)
New Revision: 92
Removed:
trunk/misc/install-sh
trunk/misc/ltmain.sh
trunk/misc/mdate-sh
trunk/misc/missing
trunk/misc/mkinstalldirs
trunk/misc/texinfo.tex
Log:
remove third-party system tools that were appearently once useful,
but are not used anymore in this package.
Deleted: trunk/misc/install-sh
===================================================================
--- trunk/misc/install-sh 2007-06-10 13:40:30 UTC (rev 91)
+++ trunk/misc/install-sh 2007-06-10 14:06:07 UTC (rev 92)
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-#
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
-#
-# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
-#
-# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
-# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
-# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
-# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
-# without express or implied warranty.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
-# shared with many OS's install programs.
-
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit="${DOITPROG-}"
-
-
-# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
-
-mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
-cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
-chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
-chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
-chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
-stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
-rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
-mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
-
-transformbasename=""
-transform_arg=""
-instcmd="$mvprog"
-chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
-chowncmd=""
-chgrpcmd=""
-stripcmd=""
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-mvcmd="$mvprog"
-src=""
-dst=""
-dir_arg=""
-
-while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
- case $1 in
- -c) instcmd="$cpprog"
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -d) dir_arg=true
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
- shift
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
- shift
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
- shift
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
- shift
- continue;;
-
- *) if [ x"$src" = x ]
- then
- src=$1
- else
- # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
- :
- dst=$1
- fi
- shift
- continue;;
- esac
-done
-
-if [ x"$src" = x ]
-then
- echo "install: no input file specified"
- exit 1
-else
- true
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
- dst=$src
- src=""
-
- if [ -d $dst ]; then
- instcmd=:
- else
- instcmd=mkdir
- fi
-else
-
-# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
-# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-
- if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
- then
- true
- else
- echo "install: $src does not exist"
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if [ x"$dst" = x ]
- then
- echo "install: no destination specified"
- exit 1
- else
- true
- fi
-
-# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
-# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
-
- if [ -d $dst ]
- then
- dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
- else
- true
- fi
-fi
-
-## this sed command emulates the dirname command
-dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
-
-# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
-# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
-
-# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
-if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
-defaultIFS='
-'
-IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
-
-oIFS="${IFS}"
-# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
-IFS='%'
-set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
-IFS="${oIFS}"
-
-pathcomp=''
-
-while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
- pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
- shift
-
- if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
- then
- $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
- else
- true
- fi
-
- pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
-done
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
-then
- $doit $instcmd $dst &&
-
- if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
- if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
- if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
- if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
-else
-
-# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
-
- if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
- then
- dstfile=`basename $dst`
- else
- dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
- sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
- fi
-
-# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
-
- if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
- then
- dstfile=`basename $dst`
- else
- true
- fi
-
-# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
-
- dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
-
-# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
-
- $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
-
- trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
-
-# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
-
-# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
-# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
-
- if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
- if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
- if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
- if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-
-# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-
- $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
- $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
-
-fi &&
-
-
-exit 0
Deleted: trunk/misc/ltmain.sh
===================================================================
--- trunk/misc/ltmain.sh 2007-06-10 13:40:30 UTC (rev 91)
+++ trunk/misc/ltmain.sh 2007-06-10 14:06:07 UTC (rev 92)
@@ -1,5055 +0,0 @@
-# ltmain.sh - Provide generalized library-building support services.
-# NOTE: Changing this file will not affect anything until you rerun configure.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord at gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Check that we have a working $echo.
-if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then
- # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
- shift
-elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
- # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
- :
-elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
- # Yippee, $echo works!
- :
-else
- # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $echo will work.
- exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
-fi
-
-if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
- # used as fallback echo
- shift
- cat <<EOF
-$*
-EOF
- exit 0
-fi
-
-# The name of this program.
-progname=`$echo "$0" | ${SED} 's%^.*/%%'`
-modename="$progname"
-
-# Constants.
-PROGRAM=ltmain.sh
-PACKAGE=libtool
-VERSION=1.4.2a
-TIMESTAMP=" (1.922.2.100 2002/06/26 07:25:14)"
-
-default_mode=
-help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information."
-magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%"
-mkdir="mkdir"
-mv="mv -f"
-rm="rm -f"
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//'
-sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\`\\"$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-# test EBCDIC or ASCII
-case `echo A|od -x` in
- *[Cc]1*) # EBCDIC based system
- SP2NL="tr '\100' '\n'"
- NL2SP="tr '\r\n' '\100\100'"
- ;;
- *) # Assume ASCII based system
- SP2NL="tr '\040' '\012'"
- NL2SP="tr '\015\012' '\040\040'"
- ;;
-esac
-
-# NLS nuisances.
-# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set.
-# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand
-# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
-# We save the old values to restore during execute mode.
-if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then
- save_LC_ALL="$LC_ALL"; LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL
-fi
-if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then
- save_LANG="$LANG"; LANG=C; export LANG
-fi
-
-# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
-: ${IFS=" "}
-
-if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then
- echo "$modename: not configured to build any kind of library" 1>&2
- echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2
- exit 1
-fi
-
-# Global variables.
-mode=$default_mode
-nonopt=
-prev=
-prevopt=
-run=
-show="$echo"
-show_help=
-execute_dlfiles=
-lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/"
-o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/"
-
-# Parse our command line options once, thoroughly.
-while test $# -gt 0
-do
- arg="$1"
- shift
-
- case $arg in
- -*=*) optarg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
- *) optarg= ;;
- esac
-
- # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
- if test -n "$prev"; then
- case $prev in
- execute_dlfiles)
- execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $arg"
- ;;
- *)
- eval "$prev=\$arg"
- ;;
- esac
-
- prev=
- prevopt=
- continue
- fi
-
- # Have we seen a non-optional argument yet?
- case $arg in
- --help)
- show_help=yes
- ;;
-
- --version)
- echo "$PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION$TIMESTAMP"
- exit 0
- ;;
-
- --config)
- ${SED} -e '1,/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG/d' -e '/^# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG/,$d' $0
- exit 0
- ;;
-
- --debug)
- echo "$progname: enabling shell trace mode"
- set -x
- ;;
-
- --dry-run | -n)
- run=:
- ;;
-
- --features)
- echo "host: $host"
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- echo "enable shared libraries"
- else
- echo "disable shared libraries"
- fi
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- echo "enable static libraries"
- else
- echo "disable static libraries"
- fi
- exit 0
- ;;
-
- --finish) mode="finish" ;;
-
- --mode) prevopt="--mode" prev=mode ;;
- --mode=*) mode="$optarg" ;;
-
- --preserve-dup-deps) duplicate_deps="yes" ;;
-
- --quiet | --silent)
- show=:
- ;;
-
- -dlopen)
- prevopt="-dlopen"
- prev=execute_dlfiles
- ;;
-
- -*)
- $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`$arg'" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
-
- *)
- nonopt="$arg"
- break
- ;;
- esac
-done
-
-if test -n "$prevopt"; then
- $echo "$modename: option \`$prevopt' requires an argument" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
-fi
-
-# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it
-# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being
-# left over by shells.
-exec_cmd=
-
-if test -z "$show_help"; then
-
- # Infer the operation mode.
- if test -z "$mode"; then
- case $nonopt in
- *cc | *++ | gcc* | *-gcc*)
- mode=link
- for arg
- do
- case $arg in
- -c)
- mode=compile
- break
- ;;
- esac
- done
- ;;
- *db | *dbx | *strace | *truss)
- mode=execute
- ;;
- *install*|cp|mv)
- mode=install
- ;;
- *rm)
- mode=uninstall
- ;;
- *)
- # If we have no mode, but dlfiles were specified, then do execute mode.
- test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && mode=execute
-
- # Just use the default operation mode.
- if test -z "$mode"; then
- if test -n "$nonopt"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode from \`$nonopt'" 1>&2
- else
- $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode without MODE-ARGS" 1>&2
- fi
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
- if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then
- $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
- generic_help="$help"
- help="Try \`$modename --help --mode=$mode' for more information."
-
- # These modes are in order of execution frequency so that they run quickly.
- case $mode in
- # libtool compile mode
- compile)
- modename="$modename: compile"
- # Get the compilation command and the source file.
- base_compile=
- prev=
- lastarg=
- srcfile="$nonopt"
- suppress_output=
-
- user_target=no
- for arg
- do
- case $prev in
- "") ;;
- xcompiler)
- # Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
- prev=
- lastarg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-
- case $arg in
- # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
- # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
- # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Add the previous argument to base_compile.
- if test -z "$base_compile"; then
- base_compile="$lastarg"
- else
- base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg"
- fi
- continue
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Accept any command-line options.
- case $arg in
- -o)
- if test "$user_target" != "no"; then
- $echo "$modename: you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- user_target=next
- ;;
-
- -static)
- build_old_libs=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- -prefer-pic)
- pic_mode=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- -prefer-non-pic)
- pic_mode=no
- continue
- ;;
-
- -Xcompiler)
- prev=xcompiler
- continue
- ;;
-
- -Wc,*)
- args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^-Wc,//"`
- lastarg=
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
- for arg in $args; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
-
- # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
- # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
- # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
- lastarg="$lastarg $arg"
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"`
-
- # Add the arguments to base_compile.
- if test -z "$base_compile"; then
- base_compile="$lastarg"
- else
- base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg"
- fi
- continue
- ;;
- esac
-
- case $user_target in
- next)
- # The next one is the -o target name
- user_target=yes
- continue
- ;;
- yes)
- # We got the output file
- user_target=set
- libobj="$arg"
- continue
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Accept the current argument as the source file.
- lastarg="$srcfile"
- srcfile="$arg"
-
- # Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
-
- # Backslashify any backslashes, double quotes, and dollar signs.
- # These are the only characters that are still specially
- # interpreted inside of double-quoted scrings.
- lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-
- # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
- # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
- # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
- case $lastarg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- lastarg="\"$lastarg\""
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Add the previous argument to base_compile.
- if test -z "$base_compile"; then
- base_compile="$lastarg"
- else
- base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg"
- fi
- done
-
- case $user_target in
- set)
- ;;
- no)
- # Get the name of the library object.
- libobj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: you must specify a target with \`-o'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Recognize several different file suffixes.
- # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo
- xform='[cCFSfmso]'
- case $libobj in
- *.ada) xform=ada ;;
- *.adb) xform=adb ;;
- *.ads) xform=ads ;;
- *.asm) xform=asm ;;
- *.c++) xform=c++ ;;
- *.cc) xform=cc ;;
- *.cpp) xform=cpp ;;
- *.cxx) xform=cxx ;;
- *.f90) xform=f90 ;;
- *.for) xform=for ;;
- esac
-
- libobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "s/\.$xform$/.lo/"`
-
- case $libobj in
- *.lo) obj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test -z "$base_compile"; then
- $echo "$modename: you must specify a compilation command" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Delete any leftover library objects.
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- removelist="$obj $libobj"
- else
- removelist="$libobj"
- fi
-
- $run $rm $removelist
- trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit 1" 1 2 15
-
- # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types
- case $host_os in
- cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
- pic_mode=default
- ;;
- esac
- if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
- # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported
- pic_mode=default
- fi
-
- # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does
- # not support -o with -c
- if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then
- output_obj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext}
- lockfile="$output_obj.lock"
- removelist="$removelist $output_obj $lockfile"
- trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit 1" 1 2 15
- else
- need_locks=no
- lockfile=
- fi
-
- # Lock this critical section if it is needed
- # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file
- if test "$need_locks" = yes; then
- until $run ln "$0" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
- $show "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
- sleep 2
- done
- elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then
- if test -f "$lockfile"; then
- echo "\
-*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains:
-`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
-
-This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
-temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
-your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you
-repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
-avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
-compiler."
-
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit 1
- fi
- echo $srcfile > "$lockfile"
- fi
-
- if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then
- eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\"
- fi
-
- # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries.
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied.
- fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile
-
- if test "$pic_mode" != no; then
- # All platforms use -DPIC, to notify preprocessed assembler code.
- command="$base_compile $srcfile $pic_flag -DPIC"
- else
- # Don't build PIC code
- command="$base_compile $srcfile"
- fi
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- lo_libobj="$libobj"
- dir=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$dir" = "X$libobj"; then
- dir="$objdir"
- else
- dir="$dir/$objdir"
- fi
- libobj="$dir/"`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
-
- if test -d "$dir"; then
- $show "$rm $libobj"
- $run $rm $libobj
- else
- $show "$mkdir $dir"
- $run $mkdir $dir
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d $dir; then
- exit $status
- fi
- fi
- fi
- if test "$compiler_o_lo" = yes; then
- output_obj="$libobj"
- command="$command -o $output_obj"
- elif test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then
- output_obj="$obj"
- command="$command -o $output_obj"
- fi
-
- $run $rm "$output_obj"
- $show "$command"
- if $run eval "$command"; then :
- else
- test -n "$output_obj" && $run $rm $removelist
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
- test x"`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != x"$srcfile"; then
- echo "\
-*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
-`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
-
-but it should contain:
-$srcfile
-
-This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
-temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
-your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you
-repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
-avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
-compiler."
-
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one
- if test x"$output_obj" != x"$libobj"; then
- $show "$mv $output_obj $libobj"
- if $run $mv $output_obj $libobj; then :
- else
- error=$?
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit $error
- fi
- fi
-
- # If we have no pic_flag, then copy the object into place and finish.
- if (test -z "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default) &&
- test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- # Rename the .lo from within objdir to obj
- if test -f $obj; then
- $show $rm $obj
- $run $rm $obj
- fi
-
- $show "$mv $libobj $obj"
- if $run $mv $libobj $obj; then :
- else
- error=$?
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit $error
- fi
-
- xdir=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$xdir" = "X$obj"; then
- xdir="."
- else
- xdir="$xdir"
- fi
- baseobj=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e "s%.*/%%"`
- libobj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$o2lo"`
- # Now arrange that obj and lo_libobj become the same file
- $show "(cd $xdir && $LN_S $baseobj $libobj)"
- if $run eval '(cd $xdir && $LN_S $baseobj $libobj)'; then
- # Unlock the critical section if it was locked
- if test "$need_locks" != no; then
- $run $rm "$lockfile"
- fi
- exit 0
- else
- error=$?
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit $error
- fi
- fi
-
- # Allow error messages only from the first compilation.
- suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
- fi
-
- # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries.
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then
- # Don't build PIC code
- command="$base_compile $srcfile"
- else
- # All platforms use -DPIC, to notify preprocessed assembler code.
- command="$base_compile $srcfile $pic_flag -DPIC"
- fi
- if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then
- command="$command -o $obj"
- output_obj="$obj"
- fi
-
- # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation.
- command="$command$suppress_output"
- $run $rm "$output_obj"
- $show "$command"
- if $run eval "$command"; then :
- else
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
- test x"`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != x"$srcfile"; then
- echo "\
-*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
-`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
-
-but it should contain:
-$srcfile
-
-This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
-temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
-your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you
-repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
-avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
-compiler."
-
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Just move the object if needed
- if test x"$output_obj" != x"$obj"; then
- $show "$mv $output_obj $obj"
- if $run $mv $output_obj $obj; then :
- else
- error=$?
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit $error
- fi
- fi
-
- # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we do not
- # accidentally link it into a program.
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
- $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
- $run eval "echo timestamp > \$libobj" || exit $?
- else
- # Move the .lo from within objdir
- $show "$mv $libobj $lo_libobj"
- if $run $mv $libobj $lo_libobj; then :
- else
- error=$?
- $run $rm $removelist
- exit $error
- fi
- fi
- fi
-
- # Unlock the critical section if it was locked
- if test "$need_locks" != no; then
- $run $rm "$lockfile"
- fi
-
- exit 0
- ;;
-
- # libtool link mode
- link | relink)
- modename="$modename: link"
- case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
- # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and
- # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out
- # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra
- # flag for every libtool invokation.
- # allow_undefined=no
-
- # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying
- # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not
- # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify
- # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain
- # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library.
- allow_undefined=yes
- ;;
- *)
- allow_undefined=yes
- ;;
- esac
- libtool_args="$nonopt"
- compile_command="$nonopt"
- finalize_command="$nonopt"
-
- compile_rpath=
- finalize_rpath=
- compile_shlibpath=
- finalize_shlibpath=
- convenience=
- old_convenience=
- deplibs=
- old_deplibs=
- compiler_flags=
- linker_flags=
- dllsearchpath=
- lib_search_path=`pwd`
-
- avoid_version=no
- dlfiles=
- dlprefiles=
- dlself=no
- export_dynamic=no
- export_symbols=
- export_symbols_regex=
- generated=
- libobjs=
- ltlibs=
- module=no
- no_install=no
- objs=
- prefer_static_libs=no
- preload=no
- prev=
- prevarg=
- release=
- rpath=
- xrpath=
- perm_rpath=
- temp_rpath=
- thread_safe=no
- vinfo=
-
- # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames.
- for arg
- do
- case $arg in
- -all-static | -static)
- if test "X$arg" = "X-all-static"; then
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" 1>&2
- fi
- if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
- dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
- fi
- else
- if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
- dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
- fi
- fi
- build_libtool_libs=no
- build_old_libs=yes
- prefer_static_libs=yes
- break
- ;;
- esac
- done
-
- # See if our shared archives depend on static archives.
- test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes
-
- # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way.
- while test $# -gt 0; do
- arg="$1"
- shift
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- qarg=\"`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`\" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
- ;;
- *) qarg=$arg ;;
- esac
- libtool_args="$libtool_args $qarg"
-
- # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
- if test -n "$prev"; then
- case $prev in
- output)
- compile_command="$compile_command @OUTPUT@"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command @OUTPUT@"
- ;;
- esac
-
- case $prev in
- dlfiles|dlprefiles)
- if test "$preload" = no; then
- # Add the symbol object into the linking commands.
- compile_command="$compile_command @SYMFILE@"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command @SYMFILE@"
- preload=yes
- fi
- case $arg in
- *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below.
- force)
- if test "$dlself" = no; then
- dlself=needless
- export_dynamic=yes
- fi
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- self)
- if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
- dlself=yes
- elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then
- dlself=yes
- else
- dlself=needless
- export_dynamic=yes
- fi
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- *)
- if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
- dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
- else
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
- fi
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- expsyms)
- export_symbols="$arg"
- if test ! -f "$arg"; then
- $echo "$modename: symbol file \`$arg' does not exist"
- exit 1
- fi
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- expsyms_regex)
- export_symbols_regex="$arg"
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- release)
- release="-$arg"
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- rpath | xrpath)
- # We need an absolute path.
- case $arg in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
- if test "$prev" = rpath; then
- case "$rpath " in
- *" $arg "*) ;;
- *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;;
- esac
- else
- case "$xrpath " in
- *" $arg "*) ;;
- *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;;
- esac
- fi
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- xcompiler)
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg"
- prev=
- compile_command="$compile_command $qarg"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $qarg"
- continue
- ;;
- xlinker)
- linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg"
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg"
- prev=
- compile_command="$compile_command $wl$qarg"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $wl$qarg"
- continue
- ;;
- *)
- eval "$prev=\"\$arg\""
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- esac
- fi # test -n $prev
-
- prevarg="$arg"
-
- case $arg in
- -all-static)
- if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
- compile_command="$compile_command $link_static_flag"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $link_static_flag"
- fi
- continue
- ;;
-
- -allow-undefined)
- # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future.
- $echo "$modename: \`-allow-undefined' is deprecated because it is the default" 1>&2
- continue
- ;;
-
- -avoid-version)
- avoid_version=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- -dlopen)
- prev=dlfiles
- continue
- ;;
-
- -dlpreopen)
- prev=dlprefiles
- continue
- ;;
-
- -export-dynamic)
- export_dynamic=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex)
- if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- $echo "$modename: more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
- exit 1
- fi
- if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then
- prev=expsyms
- else
- prev=expsyms_regex
- fi
- continue
- ;;
-
- # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:*
- # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L
- -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*)
- case $with_gcc/$host in
- no/*-*-irix* | no/*-*-nonstopux*)
- compile_command="$compile_command $arg"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg"
- ;;
- esac
- continue
- ;;
-
- -L*)
- dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`
- # We need an absolute path.
- case $dir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
- *)
- absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
- if test -z "$absdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- dir="$absdir"
- ;;
- esac
- case "$deplibs " in
- *" -L$dir "*) ;;
- *)
- deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir"
- lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir"
- ;;
- esac
- case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
- case :$dllsearchpath: in
- *":$dir:"*) ;;
- *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- continue
- ;;
-
- -l*)
- if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then
- case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos*)
- # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such)
- continue
- ;;
- *-*-mingw* | *-*-os2*)
- # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such)
- test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
- ;;
- *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd*)
- # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
- test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
- ;;
- esac
- elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then
- case $host in
- *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd*)
- # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag.
- continue
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
- continue
- ;;
-
- -module)
- module=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- -no-fast-install)
- fast_install=no
- continue
- ;;
-
- -no-install)
- case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
- # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows
- # in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-no-install' is ignored for $host" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: warning: assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" 1>&2
- fast_install=no
- ;;
- *) no_install=yes ;;
- esac
- continue
- ;;
-
- -no-undefined)
- allow_undefined=no
- continue
- ;;
-
- -o) prev=output ;;
-
- -release)
- prev=release
- continue
- ;;
-
- -rpath)
- prev=rpath
- continue
- ;;
-
- -R)
- prev=xrpath
- continue
- ;;
-
- -R*)
- dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'`
- # We need an absolute path.
- case $dir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
- case "$xrpath " in
- *" $dir "*) ;;
- *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
- esac
- continue
- ;;
-
- -static)
- # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop.
- # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that
- # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects
- # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least
- # Digital Unix and AIX.
- continue
- ;;
-
- -thread-safe)
- thread_safe=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- -version-info)
- prev=vinfo
- continue
- ;;
-
- -Wc,*)
- args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wc,//'`
- arg=
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
- for flag in $args; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- case $flag in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- flag="\"$flag\""
- ;;
- esac
- arg="$arg $wl$flag"
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $flag"
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"`
- ;;
-
- -Wl,*)
- args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wl,//'`
- arg=
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
- for flag in $args; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- case $flag in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- flag="\"$flag\""
- ;;
- esac
- arg="$arg $wl$flag"
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$flag"
- linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag"
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"`
- ;;
-
- -Xcompiler)
- prev=xcompiler
- continue
- ;;
-
- -Xlinker)
- prev=xlinker
- continue
- ;;
-
- # Some other compiler flag.
- -* | +*)
- # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
- # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
- arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
-
- *.lo | *.$objext)
- # A library or standard object.
- if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
- # This file was specified with -dlopen.
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
- dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
- prev=
- continue
- else
- # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
- prev=dlprefiles
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
- # Preload the old-style object.
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles "`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
- prev=
- else
- case $arg in
- *.lo) libobjs="$libobjs $arg" ;;
- *) objs="$objs $arg" ;;
- esac
- fi
- ;;
-
- *.$libext)
- # An archive.
- deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
- old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg"
- continue
- ;;
-
- *.la)
- # A libtool-controlled library.
-
- if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
- # This library was specified with -dlopen.
- dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
- prev=
- elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
- # The library was specified with -dlpreopen.
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
- prev=
- else
- deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
- fi
- continue
- ;;
-
- # Some other compiler argument.
- *)
- # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
- # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
- arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac # arg
-
- # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands.
- if test -n "$arg"; then
- compile_command="$compile_command $arg"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg"
- fi
- done # argument parsing loop
-
- if test -n "$prev"; then
- $echo "$modename: the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then
- eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
- compile_command="$compile_command $arg"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg"
- fi
-
- # calculate the name of the file, without its directory
- outputname=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- libobjs_save="$libobjs"
-
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var
- eval shlib_search_path=\`\$echo \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\`
- else
- shlib_search_path=
- fi
- eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\"
- eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\"
-
- output_objdir=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$output_objdir" = "X$output"; then
- output_objdir="$objdir"
- else
- output_objdir="$output_objdir/$objdir"
- fi
- # Create the object directory.
- if test ! -d $output_objdir; then
- $show "$mkdir $output_objdir"
- $run $mkdir $output_objdir
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d $output_objdir; then
- exit $status
- fi
- fi
-
- # Determine the type of output
- case $output in
- "")
- $echo "$modename: you must specify an output file" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;;
- *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;;
- *.la) linkmode=lib ;;
- *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program.
- esac
-
- specialdeplibs=
- libs=
- # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries
- # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la)
- for deplib in $deplibs; do
- if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then
- case "$libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- fi
- libs="$libs $deplib"
- done
- deplibs=
- newdependency_libs=
- newlib_search_path=
- need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries
- notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries
- notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries
- case $linkmode in
- lib)
- passes="conv link"
- for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do
- case $file in
- *.la) ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
- done
- ;;
- prog)
- compile_deplibs=
- finalize_deplibs=
- alldeplibs=no
- newdlfiles=
- newdlprefiles=
- passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link"
- ;;
- *) passes="conv"
- ;;
- esac
- for pass in $passes; do
- if test $linkmode = prog; then
- # Determine which files to process
- case $pass in
- dlopen)
- libs="$dlfiles"
- save_deplibs="$deplibs" # Collect dlpreopened libraries
- deplibs=
- ;;
- dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;;
- link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;;
- esac
- fi
- for deplib in $libs; do
- lib=
- found=no
- case $deplib in
- -l*)
- if test $linkmode = oldlib && test $linkmode = obj; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' is ignored for archives/objects: $deplib" 1>&2
- continue
- fi
- if test $pass = conv; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- continue
- fi
- name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-l//'`
- for searchdir in $newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
- # Search the libtool library
- lib="$searchdir/lib${name}.la"
- if test -f "$lib"; then
- found=yes
- break
- fi
- done
- if test "$found" != yes; then
- # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
- compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- test $linkmode = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
- fi
- continue
- fi
- ;; # -l
- -L*)
- case $linkmode in
- lib)
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- test $pass = conv && continue
- newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`
- ;;
- prog)
- if test $pass = conv; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- continue
- fi
- if test $pass = scan; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`
- else
- compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-L' is ignored for archives/objects: $deplib" 1>&2
- ;;
- esac # linkmode
- continue
- ;; # -L
- -R*)
- if test $pass = link; then
- dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'`
- # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories.
- case "$xrpath " in
- *" $dir "*) ;;
- *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
- esac
- fi
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- continue
- ;;
- *.la) lib="$deplib" ;;
- *.$libext)
- if test $pass = conv; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- continue
- fi
- case $linkmode in
- lib)
- if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
- echo
- echo "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib."
- echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
- echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe"
- echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not used here."
- else
- echo
- echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
- echo "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- fi
- continue
- ;;
- prog)
- if test $pass != link; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- else
- compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
- fi
- continue
- ;;
- esac # linkmode
- ;; # *.$libext
- *.lo | *.$objext)
- if test $pass = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
- # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
- # we need to preload.
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib"
- compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib"
- fi
- continue
- ;;
- %DEPLIBS%)
- alldeplibs=yes
- continue
- ;;
- esac # case $deplib
- if test $found = yes || test -f "$lib"; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: cannot find the library \`$lib'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
- if (${SED} -e '2q' $lib | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- ladir=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- test "X$ladir" = "X$lib" && ladir="."
-
- dlname=
- dlopen=
- dlpreopen=
- libdir=
- library_names=
- old_library=
- # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool,
- # it will not redefine variable installed.
- installed=yes
-
- # Read the .la file
- case $lib in
- */* | *\\*) . $lib ;;
- *) . ./$lib ;;
- esac
-
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
- test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" ||
- { test $linkmode = oldlib && test $linkmode = obj; }; then
- # Add dl[pre]opened files of deplib
- test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen"
- test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen"
- fi
-
- if test $pass = conv; then
- # Only check for convenience libraries
- deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- if test -z "$old_library"; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects.
- convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
- old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
- tmp_libs=
- for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then
- case "$tmp_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- fi
- tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
- done
- elif test $linkmode != prog && test $linkmode != lib; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a convenience library" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- continue
- fi # $pass = conv
-
- # Get the name of the library we link against.
- linklib=
- for l in $old_library $library_names; do
- linklib="$l"
- done
- if test -z "$linklib"; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # This library was specified with -dlopen.
- if test $pass = dlopen; then
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- if test -z "$dlname" || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
- # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking
- # statically, we need to preload.
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib"
- else
- newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib"
- fi
- continue
- fi # $pass = dlopen
-
- # We need an absolute path.
- case $ladir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;;
- *)
- abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd`
- if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" 1>&2
- abs_ladir="$ladir"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- laname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
-
- # Find the relevant object directory and library name.
- if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then
- if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: library \`$lib' was moved." 1>&2
- dir="$ladir"
- absdir="$abs_ladir"
- libdir="$abs_ladir"
- else
- dir="$libdir"
- absdir="$libdir"
- fi
- else
- dir="$ladir/$objdir"
- absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir"
- # Remove this search path later
- notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir"
- fi # $installed = yes
- name=`$echo "X$laname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'`
-
- # This library was specified with -dlpreopen.
- if test $pass = dlpreopen; then
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
- # are required to link).
- if test -n "$old_library"; then
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library"
- # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
- elif test -n "$dlname"; then
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname"
- else
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib"
- fi
- fi # $pass = dlpreopen
-
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- # Link the convenience library
- if test $linkmode = lib; then
- deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
- elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
- compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
- fi
- continue
- fi
-
- if test $linkmode = prog && test $pass != link; then
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir"
- deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
-
- linkalldeplibs=no
- if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" ||
- test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
- linkalldeplibs=yes
- fi
-
- tmp_libs=
- for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
- case $deplib in
- -L*) newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`;; ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
- esac
- # Need to link against all dependency_libs?
- if test $linkalldeplibs = yes; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- else
- # Need to hardcode shared library paths
- # or/and link against static libraries
- newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
- fi
- if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then
- case "$tmp_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- fi
- tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
- done # for deplib
- continue
- fi # $linkmode = prog...
-
- link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
- if test -n "$library_names" &&
- { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
- # Link against this shared library
-
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link" ||
- { test $linkmode = lib && test $hardcode_into_libs = yes; }; then
- # Hardcode the library path.
- # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
- # search path.
- case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
- *" $absdir "*) ;;
- *)
- case "$compile_rpath " in
- *" $absdir "*) ;;
- *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir"
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *)
- case "$finalize_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir"
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- if test $linkmode = prog; then
- # We need to hardcode the library path
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
- case "$temp_rpath " in
- *" $dir "*) ;;
- *" $absdir "*) ;;
- *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath $dir" ;;
- esac
- fi
- fi
- fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link...
-
- if test "$alldeplibs" = yes &&
- { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all ||
- { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes &&
- test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
- # We only need to search for static libraries
- continue
- fi
-
- if test "$installed" = no; then
- notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib"
- need_relink=yes
- fi
-
- if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then
- # figure out the soname
- set dummy $library_names
- realname="$2"
- shift; shift
- libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
- # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no?
- if test -n "$dlname"; then
- soname="$dlname"
- elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then
- # bleh windows
- case $host in
- *cygwin*)
- major=`expr $current - $age`
- versuffix="-$major"
- ;;
- esac
- eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
- else
- soname="$realname"
- fi
-
- # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use
- soroot="$soname"
- soname=`echo $soroot | ${SED} -e 's/^.*\///'`
- newlib="libimp-`echo $soname | ${SED} 's/^lib//;s/\.dll$//'`.a"
-
- # If the library has no export list, then create one now
- if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then :
- else
- $show "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'"
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- eval cmds=\"$extract_expsyms_cmds\"
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- fi
-
- # Create $newlib
- if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else
- $show "generating import library for \`$soname'"
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- eval cmds=\"$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds\"
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- fi
- # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library
- dir=$output_objdir
- linklib=$newlib
- fi # test -n $old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds
-
- if test $linkmode = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then
- add_shlibpath=
- add_dir=
- add=
- lib_linked=yes
- case $hardcode_action in
- immediate | unsupported)
- if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then
- add="$dir/$linklib"
- elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
- case $host in
- *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;;
- esac
- add_dir="-L$dir"
- add="-l$name"
- elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then
- add_shlibpath="$dir"
- add="-l$name"
- else
- lib_linked=no
- fi
- ;;
- relink)
- if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
- add="$dir/$linklib"
- elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
- add_dir="-L$dir"
- add="-l$name"
- elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
- add_shlibpath="$dir"
- add="-l$name"
- else
- lib_linked=no
- fi
- ;;
- *) lib_linked=no ;;
- esac
-
- if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then
- $echo "$modename: configuration error: unsupported hardcode properties"
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then
- case :$compile_shlibpath: in
- *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;;
- *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;;
- esac
- fi
- if test $linkmode = prog; then
- test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs"
- test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs"
- else
- test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
- test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
- if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && \
- test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && \
- test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
- case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
- *":$libdir:"*) ;;
- *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
- esac
- fi
- fi
- fi
-
- if test $linkmode = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then
- add_shlibpath=
- add_dir=
- add=
- # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it.
- if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
- add="$libdir/$linklib"
- elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
- add_dir="-L$libdir"
- add="-l$name"
- elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
- case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
- *":$libdir:"*) ;;
- *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
- esac
- add="-l$name"
- else
- # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it.
- add_dir="-L$libdir"
- add="-l$name"
- fi
-
- if test $linkmode = prog; then
- test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs"
- test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
- test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
- fi
- fi
- elif test $linkmode = prog; then
- if test "$alldeplibs" = yes &&
- { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all ||
- { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes &&
- test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
- # We only need to search for static libraries
- continue
- fi
-
- # Try to link the static library
- # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L
- # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and
- # shared platforms.
- if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then
- test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library"
- compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs"
- fi
- elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- # Not a shared library
- if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
- # We're trying link a shared library against a static one
- # but the system doesn't support it.
-
- # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so
- # that the program can be linked against the static library.
- echo
- echo "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib."
- echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
- if test "$module" = yes; then
- echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create "
- echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application"
- echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime."
- if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
- echo
- echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
- echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
- echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless."
- echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
- fi
- if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
- build_libtool_libs=module
- build_old_libs=yes
- else
- build_libtool_libs=no
- fi
- fi
- else
- convenience="$convenience $dir/$old_library"
- old_convenience="$old_convenience $dir/$old_library"
- deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
- link_static=yes
- fi
- fi # link shared/static library?
-
- if test $linkmode = lib; then
- if test -n "$dependency_libs" &&
- { test $hardcode_into_libs != yes || test $build_old_libs = yes ||
- test $link_static = yes; }; then
- # Extract -R from dependency_libs
- temp_deplibs=
- for libdir in $dependency_libs; do
- case $libdir in
- -R*) temp_xrpath=`$echo "X$libdir" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'`
- case " $xrpath " in
- *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;;
- *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";;
- esac;;
- *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";;
- esac
- done
- dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs"
- fi
-
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir"
- # Link against this library
- test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs"
- # ... and its dependency_libs
- tmp_libs=
- for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
- newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
- if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then
- case "$tmp_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- fi
- tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
- done
-
- if test $link_all_deplibs != no; then
- # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries
- for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
- case $deplib in
- -L*) path="$deplib" ;;
- *.la)
- dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- test "X$dir" = "X$deplib" && dir="."
- # We need an absolute path.
- case $dir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;;
- *)
- absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
- if test -z "$absdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2
- absdir="$dir"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- if grep "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
- path="-L$absdir/$objdir"
- else
- eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- if test "$absdir" != "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`$deplib' seems to be moved" 1>&2
- fi
- path="-L$absdir"
- fi
- ;;
- *) continue ;;
- esac
- case " $deplibs " in
- *" $path "*) ;;
- *) deplibs="$deplibs $path" ;;
- esac
- done
- fi # link_all_deplibs != no
- fi # linkmode = lib
- done # for deplib in $libs
- if test $pass = dlpreopen; then
- # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries
- for deplib in $save_deplibs; do
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- done
- fi
- if test $pass != dlopen; then
- test $pass != scan && dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
- if test $pass != conv; then
- # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories.
- lib_search_path=
- for dir in $newlib_search_path; do
- case "$lib_search_path " in
- *" $dir "*) ;;
- *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;;
- esac
- done
- newlib_search_path=
- fi
-
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then
- vars="deplibs"
- else
- vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs"
- fi
- for var in $vars dependency_libs; do
- # Add libraries to $var in reverse order
- eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\"
- new_libs=
- for deplib in $tmp_libs; do
- case $deplib in
- -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
- *)
- case " $specialdeplibs " in
- *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
- *)
- case " $new_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) ;;
- *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- done
- tmp_libs=
- for deplib in $new_libs; do
- case $deplib in
- -L*)
- case " $tmp_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) ;;
- *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- ;;
- *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- done
- eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\"
- done # for var
- fi
- if test "$pass" = "conv" &&
- { test "$linkmode" = "lib" || test "$linkmode" = "prog"; }; then
- libs="$deplibs" # reset libs
- deplibs=
- fi
- done # for pass
- if test $linkmode = prog; then
- dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
- dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
- fi
-
- case $linkmode in
- oldlib)
- if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$rpath"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$xrpath"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$vinfo"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$release"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
- fi
-
- # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
- build_libtool_libs=no
- oldlibs="$output"
- objs="$objs$old_deplibs"
- ;;
-
- lib)
- # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'.
- case $outputname in
- lib*)
- name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'`
- eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
- ;;
- *)
- if test "$module" = no; then
- $echo "$modename: libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then
- # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required
- name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'`
- eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
- else
- libname=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'`
- fi
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test -n "$objs"; then
- if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" 2>&1
- exit 1
- else
- echo
- echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
- echo "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
- libobjs="$libobjs $objs"
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$dlself" != no; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" 1>&2
- fi
-
- set dummy $rpath
- if test $# -gt 2; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" 1>&2
- fi
- install_libdir="$2"
-
- oldlibs=
- if test -z "$rpath"; then
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- # Building a libtool convenience library.
- libext=al
- oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs"
- build_libtool_libs=convenience
- build_old_libs=yes
- fi
-
- if test -n "$vinfo"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$release"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2
- fi
- else
-
- # Parse the version information argument.
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':'
- set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0
- IFS="$save_ifs"
-
- if test -n "$8"; then
- $echo "$modename: too many parameters to \`-version-info'" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- current="$2"
- revision="$3"
- age="$4"
-
- # Check that each of the things are valid numbers.
- case $current in
- 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9] | [1-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: CURRENT \`$current' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
-
- case $revision in
- 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9] | [1-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: REVISION \`$revision' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
-
- case $age in
- 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9] | [1-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test $age -gt $current; then
- $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Calculate the version variables.
- major=
- versuffix=
- verstring=
- case $version_type in
- none) ;;
-
- darwin)
- # Like Linux, but with the current version available in
- # verstring for coding it into the library header
- major=.`expr $current - $age`
- versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
- # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options...
- minor_current=`expr $current + 1`
- verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
- ;;
-
- freebsd-aout)
- major=".$current"
- versuffix=".$current.$revision";
- ;;
-
- freebsd-elf)
- major=".$current"
- versuffix=".$current";
- ;;
-
- irix | nonstopux)
- major=`expr $current - $age + 1`
-
- case $version_type in
- nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;;
- *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;;
- esac
- verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision"
-
- # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
- loop=$revision
- while test $loop != 0; do
- iface=`expr $revision - $loop`
- loop=`expr $loop - 1`
- verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring"
- done
-
- # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'.
- major=.$major
- versuffix="$major.$revision"
- ;;
-
- linux)
- major=.`expr $current - $age`
- versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
- ;;
-
- osf)
- major=`expr $current - $age`
- versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision"
- verstring="$current.$age.$revision"
-
- # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
- loop=$age
- while test $loop != 0; do
- iface=`expr $current - $loop`
- loop=`expr $loop - 1`
- verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0"
- done
-
- # Make executables depend on our current version.
- verstring="$verstring:${current}.0"
- ;;
-
- sunos)
- major=".$current"
- versuffix=".$current.$revision"
- ;;
-
- windows)
- # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one
- # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems.
- major=`expr $current - $age`
- versuffix="-$major"
- ;;
-
- *)
- $echo "$modename: unknown library version type \`$version_type'" 1>&2
- echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release.
- if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then
- major=
- verstring="0.0"
- case $version_type in
- darwin)
- # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting
- # problems, so we reset it completely
- verstring=""
- ;;
- *)
- verstring="0.0"
- ;;
- esac
- if test "$need_version" = no; then
- versuffix=
- else
- versuffix=".0.0"
- fi
- fi
-
- # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided
- if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then
- major=
- versuffix=
- verstring=""
- fi
-
- # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols.
- if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then
- if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" 1>&2
- build_libtool_libs=no
- build_old_libs=yes
- fi
- else
- # Don't allow undefined symbols.
- allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag"
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$mode" != relink; then
- # Remove our outputs.
- $show "${rm}r $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/$libname.* $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*"
- $run ${rm}r $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/$libname.* $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*
- fi
-
- # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then
- oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
-
- # Transform .lo files to .o files.
- oldobjs="$objs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
- fi
-
- # Eliminate all temporary directories.
- for path in $notinst_path; do
- lib_search_path=`echo "$lib_search_path " | ${SED} -e 's% $path % %g'`
- deplibs=`echo "$deplibs " | ${SED} -e 's% -L$path % %g'`
- dependency_libs=`echo "$dependency_libs " | ${SED} -e 's% -L$path % %g'`
- done
-
- if test -n "$xrpath"; then
- # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
- temp_xrpath=
- for libdir in $xrpath; do
- temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir"
- case "$finalize_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
- esac
- done
- if test $hardcode_into_libs != yes || test $build_old_libs = yes; then
- dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs"
- fi
- fi
-
- # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened
- old_dlfiles="$dlfiles"
- dlfiles=
- for lib in $old_dlfiles; do
- case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in
- *" $lib "*) ;;
- *) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;;
- esac
- done
-
- # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files
- old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles"
- dlprefiles=
- for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do
- case "$dlprefiles " in
- *" $lib "*) ;;
- *) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;;
- esac
- done
-
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- if test -n "$rpath"; then
- case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos*)
- # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)!
- ;;
- *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
- # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework
- deplibs="$deplibs -framework System"
- ;;
- *-*-netbsd*)
- # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed.
- ;;
- *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd*)
- # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
- ;;
- *)
- # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary.
- if test $build_libtool_need_lc = "yes"; then
- deplibs="$deplibs -lc"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared.
- name_save=$name
- libname_save=$libname
- release_save=$release
- versuffix_save=$versuffix
- major_save=$major
- # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think
- # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to
- # add it in twice. Is that correct?
- release=""
- versuffix=""
- major=""
- newdeplibs=
- droppeddeps=no
- case $deplibs_check_method in
- pass_all)
- # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works.
- # This might be a little naive. We might want to check
- # whether the library exists or not. But this is on
- # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just
- # implementing what was already the behaviour.
- newdeplibs=$deplibs
- ;;
- test_compile)
- # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its
- # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it
- # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check
- # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd.
- $rm conftest.c
- cat > conftest.c <<EOF
- int main() { return 0; }
-EOF
- $rm conftest
- $CC -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs
- if test $? -eq 0 ; then
- ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
- for i in $deplibs; do
- name="`expr $i : '-l\(.*\)'`"
- # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument.
- if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then
- libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
- deplib_matches=`eval \\$echo \"$library_names_spec\"`
- set dummy $deplib_matches
- deplib_match=$2
- if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- else
- droppeddeps=yes
- echo
- echo "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
- echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- echo "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have"
- echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for"
- echo "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime."
- fi
- else
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- fi
- done
- else
- # Error occured in the first compile. Let's try to salvage
- # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library.
- for i in $deplibs; do
- name="`expr $i : '-l\(.*\)'`"
- # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument.
- if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then
- $rm conftest
- $CC -o conftest conftest.c $i
- # Did it work?
- if test $? -eq 0 ; then
- ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
- libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
- deplib_matches=`eval \\$echo \"$library_names_spec\"`
- set dummy $deplib_matches
- deplib_match=$2
- if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- else
- droppeddeps=yes
- echo
- echo "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
- echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
- echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one"
- echo "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime."
- fi
- else
- droppeddeps=yes
- echo
- echo "*** Warning! Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to"
- echo "*** make it link in! You will probably need to install it or some"
- echo "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully"
- echo "*** functional. Installing it before continuing would be even better."
- fi
- else
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- fi
- done
- fi
- ;;
- file_magic*)
- set dummy $deplibs_check_method
- file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"`
- for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
- name="`expr $a_deplib : '-l\(.*\)'`"
- # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument.
- if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then
- libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
- for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
- potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
- for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
- # Follow soft links.
- if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null \
- | grep " -> " >/dev/null; then
- continue
- fi
- # The statement above tries to avoid entering an
- # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links.
- # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link
- # loop can be closed while we follow links,
- # but so what?
- potlib="$potent_lib"
- while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do
- potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'`
- case $potliblink in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";;
- *) potlib=`$echo "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";;
- esac
- done
- if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null \
- | ${SED} 10q \
- | egrep "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- a_deplib=""
- break 2
- fi
- done
- done
- if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
- droppeddeps=yes
- echo
- echo "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
- echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
- echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
- if test -z "$potlib" ; then
- echo "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)"
- else
- echo "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
- echo "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib"
- fi
- fi
- else
- # Add a -L argument.
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- fi
- done # Gone through all deplibs.
- ;;
- match_pattern*)
- set dummy $deplibs_check_method
- match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"`
- for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
- name="`expr $a_deplib : '-l\(.*\)'`"
- # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument.
- if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then
- libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
- for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
- potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
- for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
- potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check below in file_magic test
- if eval echo \"$potent_lib\" 2>/dev/null \
- | ${SED} 10q \
- | egrep "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- a_deplib=""
- break 2
- fi
- done
- done
- if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
- droppeddeps=yes
- echo
- echo "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
- echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
- echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
- if test -z "$potlib" ; then
- echo "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)"
- else
- echo "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
- echo "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib"
- fi
- fi
- else
- # Add a -L argument.
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- fi
- done # Gone through all deplibs.
- ;;
- none | unknown | *)
- newdeplibs=""
- if $echo "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc$//' \
- -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g' -e 's/[ ]//g' |
- grep . >/dev/null; then
- echo
- if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then
- echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform."
- else
- echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported."
- fi
- echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped."
- droppeddeps=yes
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- versuffix=$versuffix_save
- major=$major_save
- release=$release_save
- libname=$libname_save
- name=$name_save
-
- case $host in
- *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
- # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
- newdeplibs=`$echo "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'`
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then
- if test "$module" = yes; then
- echo
- echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library"
- echo "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create"
- echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening"
- echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
- if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
- echo
- echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
- echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
- echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless."
- echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
- fi
- if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
- oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
- build_libtool_libs=module
- build_old_libs=yes
- else
- build_libtool_libs=no
- fi
- else
- echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be"
- echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library"
- echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it."
-
- if test $allow_undefined = no; then
- echo
- echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols,"
- echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or"
- echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined,"
- echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it."
- if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
- oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
- build_libtool_libs=module
- build_old_libs=yes
- else
- build_libtool_libs=no
- fi
- fi
- fi
- fi
- # Done checking deplibs!
- deplibs=$newdeplibs
- fi
-
- # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above).
- library_names=
- old_library=
- dlname=
-
- # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- if test $hardcode_into_libs = yes; then
- # Hardcode the library paths
- hardcode_libdirs=
- dep_rpath=
- rpath="$finalize_rpath"
- test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath"
- for libdir in $rpath; do
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
- if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
- hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
- else
- # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
- case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
- *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
- ;;
- *)
- hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- else
- eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag"
- fi
- elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
- case "$perm_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
- esac
- fi
- done
- # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
- test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
- libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
- eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- fi
- if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
- # We should set the runpath_var.
- rpath=
- for dir in $perm_rpath; do
- rpath="$rpath$dir:"
- done
- eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var"
- fi
- test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs"
- fi
-
- shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath"
- test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath"
- if test -n "$shlibpath"; then
- eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var"
- fi
-
- # Get the real and link names of the library.
- eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\"
- set dummy $library_names
- realname="$2"
- shift; shift
-
- if test -n "$soname_spec"; then
- eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
- else
- soname="$realname"
- fi
- test -z "$dlname" && dlname=$soname
-
- lib="$output_objdir/$realname"
- for link
- do
- linknames="$linknames $link"
- done
-
- # Ensure that we have .o objects for linkers which dislike .lo
- # (e.g. aix) in case we are running --disable-static
- for obj in $libobjs; do
- xdir=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$xdir" = "X$obj"; then
- xdir="."
- else
- xdir="$xdir"
- fi
- baseobj=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- oldobj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
- if test ! -f $xdir/$oldobj; then
- $show "(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $baseobj $oldobj)"
- $run eval '(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $baseobj $oldobj)' || exit $?
- fi
- done
-
- # Use standard objects if they are pic
- test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
-
- # Prepare the list of exported symbols
- if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
- if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- $show "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
- export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
- $run $rm $export_symbols
- eval cmds=\"$export_symbols_cmds\"
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- $show "egrep -e \"$export_symbols_regex\" \"$export_symbols\" > \"${export_symbols}T\""
- $run eval 'egrep -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
- $show "$mv \"${export_symbols}T\" \"$export_symbols\""
- $run eval '$mv "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
- fi
- fi
- fi
-
- if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
- $run eval '$echo "X$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$export_symbols"'
- fi
-
- if test -n "$convenience"; then
- if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
- eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
- else
- gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
- $show "${rm}r $gentop"
- $run ${rm}r "$gentop"
- $show "mkdir $gentop"
- $run mkdir "$gentop"
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then
- exit $status
- fi
- generated="$generated $gentop"
-
- for xlib in $convenience; do
- # Extract the objects.
- case $xlib in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;;
- *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;;
- esac
- xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- xdir="$gentop/$xlib"
-
- $show "${rm}r $xdir"
- $run ${rm}r "$xdir"
- $show "mkdir $xdir"
- $run mkdir "$xdir"
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then
- exit $status
- fi
- $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)"
- $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $?
-
- libobjs="$libobjs "`find $xdir -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP`
- done
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then
- eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\"
- linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag"
- fi
-
- # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking
- if test "$mode" = relink; then
- $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}U && $mv $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
- fi
-
- # Do each of the archive commands.
- if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
- eval cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
- else
- save_deplibs="$deplibs"
- for conv in $convenience; do
- tmp_deplibs=
- for test_deplib in $deplibs; do
- if test "$test_deplib" != "$conv"; then
- tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib"
- fi
- done
- deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
- done
- eval cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
- deplibs="$save_deplibs"
- fi
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
-
- # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
- if test "$mode" = relink; then
- $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv $realname ${realname}T && $mv "$realname"U $realname)' || exit $?
- exit 0
- fi
-
- # Create links to the real library.
- for linkname in $linknames; do
- if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then
- $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)"
- $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)' || exit $?
- fi
- done
-
- # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname.
- if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then
- # On all known operating systems, these are identical.
- dlname="$soname"
- fi
- fi
- ;;
-
- obj)
- if test -n "$deplibs"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$rpath"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$xrpath"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$vinfo"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$release"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
- fi
-
- case $output in
- *.lo)
- if test -n "$objs$old_deplibs"; then
- $echo "$modename: cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- libobj="$output"
- obj=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
- ;;
- *)
- libobj=
- obj="$output"
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Delete the old objects.
- $run $rm $obj $libobj
-
- # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes
- # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create
- # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate
- # the extraction.
- reload_conv_objs=
- gentop=
- # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of
- # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec
- wl=
-
- if test -n "$convenience"; then
- if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
- eval reload_conv_objs=\"\$reload_objs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
- else
- gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x"
- $show "${rm}r $gentop"
- $run ${rm}r "$gentop"
- $show "mkdir $gentop"
- $run mkdir "$gentop"
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then
- exit $status
- fi
- generated="$generated $gentop"
-
- for xlib in $convenience; do
- # Extract the objects.
- case $xlib in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;;
- *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;;
- esac
- xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- xdir="$gentop/$xlib"
-
- $show "${rm}r $xdir"
- $run ${rm}r "$xdir"
- $show "mkdir $xdir"
- $run mkdir "$xdir"
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then
- exit $status
- fi
- $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)"
- $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $?
-
- reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs "`find $xdir -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP`
- done
- fi
- fi
-
- # Create the old-style object.
- reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
-
- output="$obj"
- eval cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
-
- # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file.
- if test -z "$libobj"; then
- if test -n "$gentop"; then
- $show "${rm}r $gentop"
- $run ${rm}r $gentop
- fi
-
- exit 0
- fi
-
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
- if test -n "$gentop"; then
- $show "${rm}r $gentop"
- $run ${rm}r $gentop
- fi
-
- # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't
- # accidentally link it into a program.
- $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
- $run eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
- exit 0
- fi
-
- if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then
- # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects.
- reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs"
- output="$libobj"
- eval cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- else
- # Just create a symlink.
- $show $rm $libobj
- $run $rm $libobj
- xdir=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$xdir" = "X$libobj"; then
- xdir="."
- else
- xdir="$xdir"
- fi
- baseobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- oldobj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
- $show "(cd $xdir && $LN_S $oldobj $baseobj)"
- $run eval '(cd $xdir && $LN_S $oldobj $baseobj)' || exit $?
- fi
-
- if test -n "$gentop"; then
- $show "${rm}r $gentop"
- $run ${rm}r $gentop
- fi
-
- exit 0
- ;;
-
- prog)
- case $host in
- *cygwin*) output=`echo $output | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,;s,$,.exe,'` ;;
- esac
- if test -n "$vinfo"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for programs" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$release"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for programs" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test "$preload" = yes; then
- if test "$dlopen_support" = unknown && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown &&
- test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
- fi
- fi
-
- case $host in
- *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
- # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
- compile_deplibs=`$echo "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'`
- finalize_deplibs=`$echo "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'`
- ;;
- esac
-
- compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs"
-
- if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then
- # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
- for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do
- # This is the magic to use -rpath.
- case "$finalize_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
- esac
- done
- fi
-
- # Now hardcode the library paths
- rpath=
- hardcode_libdirs=
- for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
- if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
- hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
- else
- # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
- case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
- *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
- ;;
- *)
- hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- else
- eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- rpath="$rpath $flag"
- fi
- elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
- case "$perm_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
- esac
- fi
- case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
- case :$dllsearchpath: in
- *":$libdir:"*) ;;
- *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- done
- # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
- test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
- libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
- eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- fi
- compile_rpath="$rpath"
-
- rpath=
- hardcode_libdirs=
- for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
- if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
- hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
- else
- # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
- case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
- *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
- ;;
- *)
- hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- else
- eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- rpath="$rpath $flag"
- fi
- elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
- case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
- esac
- fi
- done
- # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
- test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
- libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
- eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- fi
- finalize_rpath="$rpath"
-
- if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- # Transform all the library objects into standard objects.
- compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
- finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
- fi
-
- dlsyms=
- if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
- if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
- dlsyms="${outputname}S.c"
- else
- $echo "$modename: not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" 1>&2
- fi
- fi
-
- if test -n "$dlsyms"; then
- case $dlsyms in
- "") ;;
- *.c)
- # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
- nlist="$output_objdir/${outputname}.nm"
-
- $show "$rm $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
- $run $rm "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"
-
- # Parse the name list into a source file.
- $show "creating $output_objdir/$dlsyms"
-
- test -z "$run" && $echo > "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\
-/* $dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$outputname' dlsym emulation. */
-/* Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern \"C\" {
-#endif
-
-/* Prevent the only kind of declaration conflicts we can make. */
-#define lt_preloaded_symbols some_other_symbol
-
-/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
-"
-
- if test "$dlself" = yes; then
- $show "generating symbol list for \`$output'"
-
- test -z "$run" && $echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
-
- # Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
- progfiles=`$echo "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
- for arg in $progfiles; do
- $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'"
- $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
- done
-
- if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
- $run eval 'egrep -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
- $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
- fi
-
- if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- $run eval 'egrep -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
- $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
- fi
-
- # Prepare the list of exported symbols
- if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
- export_symbols="$output_objdir/$output.exp"
- $run $rm $export_symbols
- $run eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@$/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
- else
- $run eval "${SED} -e 's/\([][.*^$]\)/\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$output.exp"'
- $run eval 'grep -f "$output_objdir/$output.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
- $run eval 'mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
- fi
- fi
-
- for arg in $dlprefiles; do
- $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'"
- name=`echo "$arg" | ${SED} -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- $run eval 'echo ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
- $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
- done
-
- if test -z "$run"; then
- # Make sure we have at least an empty file.
- test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
-
- if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
- egrep -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
- $mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"
- fi
-
- # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
- if grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" |
- if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- sort -k 3
- else
- sort +2
- fi |
- uniq > "$nlist"S; then
- :
- else
- grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
- fi
-
- if test -f "$nlist"S; then
- eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"'
- else
- echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"
- fi
-
- $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\
-
-#undef lt_preloaded_symbols
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define lt_ptr void *
-#else
-# define lt_ptr char *
-# define const
-#endif
-
-/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */
-const struct {
- const char *name;
- lt_ptr address;
-}
-lt_preloaded_symbols[] =
-{\
-"
-
- eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"
-
- $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\
- {0, (lt_ptr) 0}
-};
-
-/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
-#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
-static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
- return lt_preloaded_symbols;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif\
-"
- fi
-
- pic_flag_for_symtable=
- case $host in
- # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
- # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
- # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use
- # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in
- # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
- *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
- case "$compile_command " in
- *" -static "*) ;;
- *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DPIC -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND";;
- esac;;
- *-*-hpux*)
- case "$compile_command " in
- *" -static "*) ;;
- *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DPIC";;
- esac
- esac
-
- # Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
- $show "(cd $output_objdir && $CC -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable \"$dlsyms\")"
- $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $CC -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$dlsyms")' || exit $?
-
- # Clean up the generated files.
- $show "$rm $output_objdir/$dlsyms $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
- $run $rm "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"
-
- # Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
- compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"`
- finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"`
- ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: unknown suffix for \`$dlsyms'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
- else
- # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
- # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
- # really was required.
-
- # Nullify the symbol file.
- compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
- finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
- fi
-
- if test $need_relink = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
- # Replace the output file specification.
- compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
- link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath"
-
- # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now.
- $show "$link_command"
- $run eval "$link_command"
- status=$?
-
- # Delete the generated files.
- if test -n "$dlsyms"; then
- $show "$rm $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"
- $run $rm "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"
- fi
-
- exit $status
- fi
-
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- # We should set the shlibpath_var
- rpath=
- for dir in $temp_rpath; do
- case $dir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)
- # Absolute path.
- rpath="$rpath$dir:"
- ;;
- *)
- # Relative path: add a thisdir entry.
- rpath="$rpath\$thisdir/$dir:"
- ;;
- esac
- done
- temp_rpath="$rpath"
- fi
-
- if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then
- compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command"
- fi
- if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then
- finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command"
- fi
-
- compile_var=
- finalize_var=
- if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
- if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
- # We should set the runpath_var.
- rpath=
- for dir in $perm_rpath; do
- rpath="$rpath$dir:"
- done
- compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
- fi
- if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then
- # We should set the runpath_var.
- rpath=
- for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do
- rpath="$rpath$dir:"
- done
- finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$no_install" = yes; then
- # We don't need to create a wrapper script.
- link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
- # Replace the output file specification.
- link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
- # Delete the old output file.
- $run $rm $output
- # Link the executable and exit
- $show "$link_command"
- $run eval "$link_command" || exit $?
- exit 0
- fi
-
- if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then
- # Fast installation is not supported
- link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
- relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
-
- $echo "$modename: warning: this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" 1>&2
- $echo "$modename: \`$output' will be relinked during installation" 1>&2
- else
- if test "$fast_install" != no; then
- link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath"
- if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
- relink_command=`$echo "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
- else
- # fast_install is set to needless
- relink_command=
- fi
- else
- link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
- relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
- fi
- fi
-
- # Replace the output file specification.
- link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
-
- # Delete the old output files.
- $run $rm $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
-
- $show "$link_command"
- $run eval "$link_command" || exit $?
-
- # Now create the wrapper script.
- $show "creating $output"
-
- # Quote the relink command for shipping.
- if test -n "$relink_command"; then
- # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
- for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
- if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
- relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
- elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
- relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
- else
- var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command"
- fi
- done
- relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)"
- relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- fi
-
- # Quote $echo for shipping.
- if test "X$echo" = "X$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then
- case $0 in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo";;
- *) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$0 --fallback-echo";;
- esac
- qecho=`$echo "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- else
- qecho=`$echo "X$echo" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- fi
-
- # Only actually do things if our run command is non-null.
- if test -z "$run"; then
- # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has
- # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here.
- case $output in
- *.exe) output=`echo $output|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` ;;
- esac
- # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions
- case $host in
- *cygwin*) exeext=.exe ;;
- *) exeext= ;;
- esac
- $rm $output
- trap "$rm $output; exit 1" 1 2 15
-
- $echo > $output "\
-#! $SHELL
-
-# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
-# Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP
-#
-# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
-# libraries that it depends on are installed.
-#
-# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
-# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//'
-sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-if test \"\${CDPATH+set}\" = set; then CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; fi
-
-relink_command=\"$relink_command\"
-
-# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
-if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
- # install mode needs the following variable:
- notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
-else
- # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$echo are already set.
- if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
- echo=\"$qecho\"
- file=\"\$0\"
- # Make sure echo works.
- if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then
- # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
- shift
- elif test \"X\`(\$echo '\t') 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then
- # Yippee, \$echo works!
- :
- else
- # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$echo will work.
- exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"}
- fi
- fi\
-"
- $echo >> $output "\
-
- # Find the directory that this script lives in.
- thisdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
- test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
-
- # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
- file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
- while test -n \"\$file\"; do
- destdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
-
- # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
- if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
- case \"\$destdir\" in
- [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
- *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- file=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
- file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
- done
-
- # Try to get the absolute directory name.
- absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
- test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
-"
-
- if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
- echo >> $output "\
- program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
- progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
-
- if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || \\
- { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\
- test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
-
- file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
-
- if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
- $mkdir \"\$progdir\"
- else
- $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\"
- fi"
-
- echo >> $output "\
-
- # relink executable if necessary
- if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
- if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
- else
- $echo \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
- $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\"
- exit 1
- fi
- fi
-
- $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
- { $rm \"\$progdir/\$program\";
- $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
- $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\"
- fi"
- else
- echo >> $output "\
- program='$outputname'
- progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
-"
- fi
-
- echo >> $output "\
-
- if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
-
- # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
- if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
- $echo >> $output "\
- # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
- $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
-
- # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
- # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 ${SED}
- $shlibpath_var=\`\$echo \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\`
-
- export $shlibpath_var
-"
- fi
-
- # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
- if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
- $echo >> $output "\
- # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
- PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
-"
- fi
-
- $echo >> $output "\
- if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
- # Run the actual program with our arguments.
-"
- case $host in
- # win32 systems need to use the prog path for dll
- # lookup to work
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32*)
- $echo >> $output "\
- exec \$progdir/\$program \${1+\"\$@\"}
-"
- ;;
-
- # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
- *-*-mingw | *-*-os2*)
- $echo >> $output "\
- exec \$progdir\\\\\$program \${1+\"\$@\"}
-"
- ;;
-
- *)
- $echo >> $output "\
- # Export the path to the program.
- PATH=\"\$progdir:\$PATH\"
- export PATH
-
- exec \$program \${1+\"\$@\"}
-"
- ;;
- esac
- $echo >> $output "\
- \$echo \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \${1+\"\$@\"}\"
- exit 1
- fi
- else
- # The program doesn't exist.
- \$echo \"\$0: error: \$progdir/\$program does not exist\" 1>&2
- \$echo \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
- echo \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-fi\
-"
- chmod +x $output
- fi
- exit 0
- ;;
- esac
-
- # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive.
- for oldlib in $oldlibs; do
-
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then
- oldobjs="$libobjs_save"
- addlibs="$convenience"
- build_libtool_libs=no
- else
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then
- oldobjs="$libobjs_save"
- build_libtool_libs=no
- else
- oldobjs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$echo "X$libobjs_save" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
- fi
- addlibs="$old_convenience"
- fi
-
- if test -n "$addlibs"; then
- gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
- $show "${rm}r $gentop"
- $run ${rm}r "$gentop"
- $show "mkdir $gentop"
- $run mkdir "$gentop"
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then
- exit $status
- fi
- generated="$generated $gentop"
-
- # Add in members from convenience archives.
- for xlib in $addlibs; do
- # Extract the objects.
- case $xlib in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;;
- *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;;
- esac
- xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- xdir="$gentop/$xlib"
-
- $show "${rm}r $xdir"
- $run ${rm}r "$xdir"
- $show "mkdir $xdir"
- $run mkdir "$xdir"
- status=$?
- if test $status -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then
- exit $status
- fi
- $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)"
- $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $?
-
- oldobjs="$oldobjs "`find $xdir -name \*.${objext} -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP`
- done
- fi
-
- # Do each command in the archive commands.
- if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- eval cmds=\"$old_archive_from_new_cmds\"
- else
- # Ensure that we have .o objects in place in case we decided
- # not to build a shared library, and have fallen back to building
- # static libs even though --disable-static was passed!
- for oldobj in $oldobjs; do
- if test ! -f $oldobj; then
- xdir=`$echo "X$oldobj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$xdir" = "X$oldobj"; then
- xdir="."
- else
- xdir="$xdir"
- fi
- baseobj=`$echo "X$oldobj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- obj=`$echo "X$baseobj" | $Xsed -e "$o2lo"`
- $show "(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $obj $baseobj)"
- $run eval '(cd $xdir && ${LN_S} $obj $baseobj)' || exit $?
- fi
- done
-
- eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
- fi
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- done
-
- if test -n "$generated"; then
- $show "${rm}r$generated"
- $run ${rm}r$generated
- fi
-
- # Now create the libtool archive.
- case $output in
- *.la)
- old_library=
- test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext"
- $show "creating $output"
-
- # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
- for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
- if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
- relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
- elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
- relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
- else
- var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command"
- fi
- done
- # Quote the link command for shipping.
- relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $0 --mode=relink $libtool_args)"
- relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-
- # Only create the output if not a dry run.
- if test -z "$run"; then
- for installed in no yes; do
- if test "$installed" = yes; then
- if test -z "$install_libdir"; then
- break
- fi
- output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i
- # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones
- newdependency_libs=
- for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
- case $deplib in
- *.la)
- name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name"
- ;;
- *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- done
- dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
- newdlfiles=
- for lib in $dlfiles; do
- name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name"
- done
- dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
- newdlprefiles=
- for lib in $dlprefiles; do
- name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name"
- done
- dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
- fi
- $rm $output
- # place dlname in correct position for cygwin
- tdlname=$dlname
- case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in
- *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;;
- esac
- $echo > $output "\
-# $outputname - a libtool library file
-# Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP
-#
-# Please DO NOT delete this file!
-# It is necessary for linking the library.
-
-# The name that we can dlopen(3).
-dlname='$tdlname'
-
-# Names of this library.
-library_names='$library_names'
-
-# The name of the static archive.
-old_library='$old_library'
-
-# Libraries that this one depends upon.
-dependency_libs='$dependency_libs'
-
-# Version information for $libname.
-current=$current
-age=$age
-revision=$revision
-
-# Is this an already installed library?
-installed=$installed
-
-# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
-dlopen='$dlfiles'
-dlpreopen='$dlprefiles'
-
-# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
-libdir='$install_libdir'"
- if test "$installed" = no && test $need_relink = yes; then
- $echo >> $output "\
-relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in
- # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed.
- $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)"
- $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)' || exit $?
- ;;
- esac
- exit 0
- ;;
-
- # libtool install mode
- install)
- modename="$modename: install"
-
- # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
- # install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
- if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh ||
- # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
- $echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed | grep shtool > /dev/null; then
- # Aesthetically quote it.
- arg=`$echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*)
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
- install_prog="$arg "
- arg="$1"
- shift
- else
- install_prog=
- arg="$nonopt"
- fi
-
- # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
- # Aesthetically quote it.
- arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*)
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
- install_prog="$install_prog$arg"
-
- # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
- dest=
- files=
- opts=
- prev=
- install_type=
- isdir=no
- stripme=
- for arg
- do
- if test -n "$dest"; then
- files="$files $dest"
- dest="$arg"
- continue
- fi
-
- case $arg in
- -d) isdir=yes ;;
- -f) prev="-f" ;;
- -g) prev="-g" ;;
- -m) prev="-m" ;;
- -o) prev="-o" ;;
- -s)
- stripme=" -s"
- continue
- ;;
- -*) ;;
-
- *)
- # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
- if test -n "$prev"; then
- prev=
- else
- dest="$arg"
- continue
- fi
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Aesthetically quote the argument.
- arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- case $arg in
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*)
- arg="\"$arg\""
- ;;
- esac
- install_prog="$install_prog $arg"
- done
-
- if test -z "$install_prog"; then
- $echo "$modename: you must specify an install program" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if test -n "$prev"; then
- $echo "$modename: the \`$prev' option requires an argument" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if test -z "$files"; then
- if test -z "$dest"; then
- $echo "$modename: no file or destination specified" 1>&2
- else
- $echo "$modename: you must specify a destination" 1>&2
- fi
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
- dest=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/$%%'`
-
- # Check to see that the destination is a directory.
- test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes
- if test "$isdir" = yes; then
- destdir="$dest"
- destname=
- else
- destdir=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- test "X$destdir" = "X$dest" && destdir=.
- destname=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
-
- # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
- set dummy $files
- if test $# -gt 2; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$dest' is not a directory" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- fi
- case $destdir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
- *)
- for file in $files; do
- case $file in
- *.lo) ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: \`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
- done
- ;;
- esac
-
- # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
- # than running their programs.
- libtool_install_magic="$magic"
-
- staticlibs=
- future_libdirs=
- current_libdirs=
- for file in $files; do
-
- # Do each installation.
- case $file in
- *.$libext)
- # Do the static libraries later.
- staticlibs="$staticlibs $file"
- ;;
-
- *.la)
- # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
- if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- library_names=
- old_library=
- relink_command=
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $file in
- */* | *\\*) . $file ;;
- *) . ./$file ;;
- esac
-
- # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
- if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
- case "$current_libdirs " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;;
- esac
- else
- # Note the libdir as a future libdir.
- case "$future_libdirs " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`/
- test "X$dir" = "X$file/" && dir=
- dir="$dir$objdir"
-
- if test -n "$relink_command"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: relinking \`$file'" 1>&2
- $show "$relink_command"
- if $run eval "$relink_command"; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2
- continue
- fi
- fi
-
- # See the names of the shared library.
- set dummy $library_names
- if test -n "$2"; then
- realname="$2"
- shift
- shift
-
- srcname="$realname"
- test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T
-
- # Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
- $show "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname"
- $run eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" || exit $?
- if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
- $show "$striplib $destdir/$realname"
- $run eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" || exit $?
- fi
-
- if test $# -gt 0; then
- # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
- for linkname
- do
- if test "$linkname" != "$realname"; then
- $show "(cd $destdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)"
- $run eval "(cd $destdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)"
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
- lib="$destdir/$realname"
- eval cmds=\"$postinstall_cmds\"
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- fi
-
- # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
- name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- instname="$dir/$name"i
- $show "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name"
- $run eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" || exit $?
-
- # Maybe install the static library, too.
- test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library"
- ;;
-
- *.lo)
- # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
-
- # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
- if test -n "$destname"; then
- destfile="$destdir/$destname"
- else
- destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
- fi
-
- # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
- case $destfile in
- *.lo)
- staticdest=`$echo "X$destfile" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
- ;;
- *.$objext)
- staticdest="$destfile"
- destfile=
- ;;
- *)
- $echo "$modename: cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Install the libtool object if requested.
- if test -n "$destfile"; then
- $show "$install_prog $file $destfile"
- $run eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" || exit $?
- fi
-
- # Install the old object if enabled.
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- # Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
- staticobj=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
-
- $show "$install_prog $staticobj $staticdest"
- $run eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" || exit $?
- fi
- exit 0
- ;;
-
- *)
- # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
- if test -n "$destname"; then
- destfile="$destdir/$destname"
- else
- destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
- fi
-
- # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
- case $host in
- *cygwin*|*mingw*)
- wrapper=`echo $file | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,'`
- ;;
- *)
- wrapper=$file
- ;;
- esac
- if (${SED} -e '4q' $wrapper | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE")>/dev/null 2>&1; then
- notinst_deplibs=
- relink_command=
-
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $file in
- */* | *\\*) . $wrapper ;;
- *) . ./$wrapper ;;
- esac
-
- # Check the variables that should have been set.
- if test -z "$notinst_deplibs"; then
- $echo "$modename: invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- finalize=yes
- for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
- # Check to see that each library is installed.
- libdir=
- if test -f "$lib"; then
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $lib in
- */* | *\\*) . $lib ;;
- *) . ./$lib ;;
- esac
- fi
- libfile="$libdir/"`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
- if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: \`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" 1>&2
- finalize=no
- fi
- done
-
- relink_command=
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $file in
- */* | *\\*) . $wrapper ;;
- *) . ./$wrapper ;;
- esac
-
- outputname=
- if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then
- if test "$finalize" = yes && test -z "$run"; then
- tmpdir="/tmp"
- test -n "$TMPDIR" && tmpdir="$TMPDIR"
- tmpdir="$tmpdir/libtool-$$"
- if $mkdir -p "$tmpdir" && chmod 700 "$tmpdir"; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: error: cannot create temporary directory \`$tmpdir'" 1>&2
- continue
- fi
- file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- outputname="$tmpdir/$file"
- # Replace the output file specification.
- relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
-
- $show "$relink_command"
- if $run eval "$relink_command"; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2
- ${rm}r "$tmpdir"
- continue
- fi
- file="$outputname"
- else
- $echo "$modename: warning: cannot relink \`$file'" 1>&2
- fi
- else
- # Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
- file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
- fi
- fi
-
- # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
- # one anyways
- case $install_prog,$host in
- /usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
- case $file:$destfile in
- *.exe:*.exe)
- # this is ok
- ;;
- *.exe:*)
- destfile=$destfile.exe
- ;;
- *:*.exe)
- destfile=`echo $destfile | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,'`
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- $show "$install_prog$stripme $file $destfile"
- $run eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" || exit $?
- test -n "$outputname" && ${rm}r "$tmpdir"
- ;;
- esac
- done
-
- for file in $staticlibs; do
- name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
-
- # Set up the ranlib parameters.
- oldlib="$destdir/$name"
-
- $show "$install_prog $file $oldlib"
- $run eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" || exit $?
-
- if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
- $show "$old_striplib $oldlib"
- $run eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" || exit $?
- fi
-
- # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
- eval cmds=\"$old_postinstall_cmds\"
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- done
-
- if test -n "$future_libdirs"; then
- $echo "$modename: warning: remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" 1>&2
- fi
-
- if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
- # Maybe just do a dry run.
- test -n "$run" && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
- exec_cmd='$SHELL $0 --finish$current_libdirs'
- else
- exit 0
- fi
- ;;
-
- # libtool finish mode
- finish)
- modename="$modename: finish"
- libdirs="$nonopt"
- admincmds=
-
- if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
- for dir
- do
- libdirs="$libdirs $dir"
- done
-
- for libdir in $libdirs; do
- if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
- # Do each command in the finish commands.
- eval cmds=\"$finish_cmds\"
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd" || admincmds="$admincmds
- $cmd"
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- fi
- if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
- # Do the single finish_eval.
- eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
- $run eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds
- $cmds"
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
- test "$show" = ":" && exit 0
-
- echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
- echo "Libraries have been installed in:"
- for libdir in $libdirs; do
- echo " $libdir"
- done
- echo
- echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
- echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
- echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'"
- echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
- echo " during execution"
- fi
- if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
- echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable"
- echo " during linking"
- fi
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
- libdir=LIBDIR
- eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-
- echo " - use the \`$flag' linker flag"
- fi
- if test -n "$admincmds"; then
- echo " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
- fi
- if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
- echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'"
- fi
- echo
- echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
- echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
- echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
- exit 0
- ;;
-
- # libtool execute mode
- execute)
- modename="$modename: execute"
-
- # The first argument is the command name.
- cmd="$nonopt"
- if test -z "$cmd"; then
- $echo "$modename: you must specify a COMMAND" 1>&2
- $echo "$help"
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
- for file in $execute_dlfiles; do
- if test ! -f "$file"; then
- $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a file" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- dir=
- case $file in
- *.la)
- # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
- if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
- else
- $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # Read the libtool library.
- dlname=
- library_names=
-
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $file in
- */* | *\\*) . $file ;;
- *) . ./$file ;;
- esac
-
- # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
- if test -z "$dlname"; then
- # Warn if it was a shared library.
- test -n "$library_names" && $echo "$modename: warning: \`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'"
- continue
- fi
-
- dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=.
-
- if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
- dir="$dir/$objdir"
- else
- $echo "$modename: cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- ;;
-
- *.lo)
- # Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
- dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=.
- ;;
-
- *)
- $echo "$modename: warning \`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" 1>&2
- continue
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Get the absolute pathname.
- absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
- test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir"
-
- # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
- if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
- eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
- else
- eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
- fi
- done
-
- # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
- # rather than running their programs.
- libtool_execute_magic="$magic"
-
- # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
- args=
- for file
- do
- case $file in
- -*) ;;
- *)
- # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
- if (${SED} -e '4q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- # If there is no directory component, then add one.
- case $file in
- */* | *\\*) . $file ;;
- *) . ./$file ;;
- esac
-
- # Transform arg to wrapped name.
- file="$progdir/$program"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
- file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- args="$args \"$file\""
- done
-
- if test -z "$run"; then
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- # Export the shlibpath_var.
- eval "export $shlibpath_var"
- fi
-
- # Restore saved enviroment variables
- if test "${save_LC_ALL+set}" = set; then
- LC_ALL="$save_LC_ALL"; export LC_ALL
- fi
- if test "${save_LANG+set}" = set; then
- LANG="$save_LANG"; export LANG
- fi
-
- # Now prepare to actually exec the command.
- exec_cmd="\$cmd$args"
- else
- # Display what would be done.
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- eval "\$echo \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
- $echo "export $shlibpath_var"
- fi
- $echo "$cmd$args"
- exit 0
- fi
- ;;
-
- # libtool clean and uninstall mode
- clean | uninstall)
- modename="$modename: $mode"
- rm="$nonopt"
- files=
- rmforce=
- exit_status=0
-
- # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
- # than running their programs.
- libtool_install_magic="$magic"
-
- for arg
- do
- case $arg in
- -f) rm="$rm $arg"; rmforce=yes ;;
- -*) rm="$rm $arg" ;;
- *) files="$files $arg" ;;
- esac
- done
-
- if test -z "$rm"; then
- $echo "$modename: you must specify an RM program" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- rmdirs=
-
- for file in $files; do
- dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
- if test "X$dir" = "X$file"; then
- dir=.
- objdir="$objdir"
- else
- objdir="$dir/$objdir"
- fi
- name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
- test $mode = uninstall && objdir="$dir"
-
- # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
- if test $mode = clean; then
- case " $rmdirs " in
- *" $objdir "*) ;;
- *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used.
- if (test -L "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \
- || (test -h "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \
- || test -f "$file"; then
- :
- elif test -d "$file"; then
- exit_status=1
- continue
- elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then
- continue
- fi
-
- rmfiles="$file"
-
- case $name in
- *.la)
- # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it.
- if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- . $dir/$name
-
- # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks.
- for n in $library_names; do
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n"
- done
- test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library"
- test $mode = clean && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i"
-
- if test $mode = uninstall; then
- if test -n "$library_names"; then
- # Do each command in the postuninstall commands.
- eval cmds=\"$postuninstall_cmds\"
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd"
- if test $? != 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then
- exit_status=1
- fi
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- fi
-
- if test -n "$old_library"; then
- # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands.
- eval cmds=\"$old_postuninstall_cmds\"
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $show "$cmd"
- $run eval "$cmd"
- if test $? != 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then
- exit_status=1
- fi
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- fi
- # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library.
- fi
- fi
- ;;
-
- *.lo)
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- oldobj=`$echo "X$name" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$oldobj"
- fi
- ;;
-
- *)
- # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
- if test $mode = clean &&
- (${SED} -e '4q' $file | egrep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- relink_command=
- . $dir/$file
-
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}"
- if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name"
- fi
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- $show "$rm $rmfiles"
- $run $rm $rmfiles || exit_status=1
- done
-
- # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files
- for dir in $rmdirs; do
- if test -d "$dir"; then
- $show "rmdir $dir"
- $run rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1
- fi
- done
-
- exit $exit_status
- ;;
-
- "")
- $echo "$modename: you must specify a MODE" 1>&2
- $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test -z "$exec_cmd"; then
- $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2
- $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-fi # test -z "$show_help"
-
-if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then
- eval exec $exec_cmd
- exit 1
-fi
-
-# We need to display help for each of the modes.
-case $mode in
-"") $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...
-
-Provide generalized library-building support services.
-
- --config show all configuration variables
- --debug enable verbose shell tracing
--n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files
- --features display basic configuration information and exit
- --finish same as \`--mode=finish'
- --help display this help message and exit
- --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE [default=inferred from MODE-ARGS]
- --quiet same as \`--silent'
- --silent don't print informational messages
- --version print version information
-
-MODE must be one of the following:
-
- clean remove files from the build directory
- compile compile a source file into a libtool object
- execute automatically set library path, then run a program
- finish complete the installation of libtool libraries
- install install libraries or executables
- link create a library or an executable
- uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory
-
-MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. Try \`$modename --help --mode=MODE' for
-a more detailed description of MODE."
- exit 0
- ;;
-
-clean)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
-
-Remove files from the build directory.
-
-RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
-(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
-to RM.
-
-If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
-with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
- ;;
-
-compile)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
-
-Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
-
-This mode accepts the following additional options:
-
- -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
- -prefer-pic try to building PIC objects only
- -prefer-non-pic try to building non-PIC objects only
- -static always build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
-
-COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file
-from the given SOURCEFILE.
-
-The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
-SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the
-library object suffix, \`.lo'."
- ;;
-
-execute)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
-
-Automatically set library path, then run a program.
-
-This mode accepts the following additional options:
-
- -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path
-
-This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen'
-flags.
-
-If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
-into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
-directories are added to the library path.
-
-Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
- ;;
-
-finish)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
-
-Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
-
-Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
-
-The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use
-the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
- ;;
-
-install)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
-
-Install executables or libraries.
-
-INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be
-either the \`install' or \`cp' program.
-
-The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
-BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
- ;;
-
-link)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
-
-Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
-create an executable program.
-
-LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
-a program from several object files.
-
-The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
-
- -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all
- -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible
- -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
- -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
- -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
- -export-symbols SYMFILE
- try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
- -export-symbols-regex REGEX
- try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
- -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
- -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
- -module build a library that can dlopened
- -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode
- -no-install link a not-installable executable
- -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
- -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
- -release RELEASE specify package release information
- -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
- -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
- -static do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
- -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
- specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
-
-All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored.
-
-Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are
-treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
-object files.
-
-If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created,
-only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is
-required, except when creating a convenience library.
-
-If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created
-using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'.
-
-If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file
-is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
- ;;
-
-uninstall)
- $echo \
-"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
-
-Remove libraries from an installation directory.
-
-RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
-(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
-to RM.
-
-If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
-Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
- ;;
-
-*)
- $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2
- $echo "$help" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
-esac
-
-echo
-$echo "Try \`$modename --help' for more information about other modes."
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode:shell-script
-# sh-indentation:2
-# End:
Deleted: trunk/misc/mdate-sh
===================================================================
--- trunk/misc/mdate-sh 2007-06-10 13:40:30 UTC (rev 91)
+++ trunk/misc/mdate-sh 2007-06-10 14:06:07 UTC (rev 92)
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper at gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# Prevent date giving response in another language.
-LANG=C
-export LANG
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-LC_TIME=C
-export LC_TIME
-
-# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
-# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
-if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
- set - x`ls -L -l -d $1`
-else
- set - x`ls -l -d $1`
-fi
-# The month is at least the fourth argument
-# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop).
-shift
-shift
-shift
-
-# Find the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time.
-month=
-until test $month
-do
- shift
- case $1 in
- Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
- Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
- Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
- Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
- May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
- Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
- Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
- Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
- Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
- Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
- Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
- Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
- esac
-done
-
-day=$2
-
-# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
-# the time of day or the year.
-case $3 in
- *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
- case $2 in
- Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
- Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
- Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
- Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
- May) nummonthtod=5;;
- Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
- Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
- Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
- Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
- Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
- Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
- Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
- esac
- # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
- # be used for files modified in the last year.
- if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
- then
- year=`expr $year - 1`
- fi;;
- *) year=$3;;
-esac
-
-# The result.
-echo $day $month $year
Deleted: trunk/misc/missing
===================================================================
--- trunk/misc/missing 2007-06-10 13:40:30 UTC (rev 91)
+++ trunk/misc/missing 2007-06-10 14:06:07 UTC (rev 92)
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Franc,ois Pinard <pinard at iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307, USA.
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
- echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
- exit 1
-fi
-
-case "$1" in
-
- -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
- echo "\
-$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
-
-Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
-error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
-
-Options:
- -h, --help display this help and exit
- -v, --version output version information and exit
-
-Supported PROGRAM values:
- aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
- autoconf touch file \`configure'
- autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
- automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
- bison touch file \`y.tab.c'
- makeinfo touch the output file
- yacc touch file \`y.tab.c'"
- ;;
-
- -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
- echo "missing - GNU libit 0.0"
- ;;
-
- -*)
- echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
- echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
- exit 1
- ;;
-
- aclocal)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. It should be needed only if
- you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'. You might want
- to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
- any GNU archive site."
- touch aclocal.m4
- ;;
-
- autoconf)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. It should be needed only if
- you modified \`configure.in'. You might want to install the
- \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
- archive site."
- touch configure
- ;;
-
- autoheader)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. It should be needed only if
- you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`configure.in'. You might want
- to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
- from any GNU archive site."
- touch config.h.in
- ;;
-
- automake)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. It should be needed only if
- you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'.
- You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
- Grab them from any GNU archive site."
- find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print \
- | sed 's/^\(.*\).am$/touch \1.in/' \
- | sh
- ;;
-
- bison|yacc)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. It should be needed only if
- your modified any \`.y' file. For being effective, your
- modifications might require the \`Bison' package. Grab it from
- any GNU archive site."
- touch y.tab.c
- ;;
-
- makeinfo)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. It should be needed only if
- you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
- indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
- call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
- DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
- the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
- file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
- if test -z "$file"; then
- file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
- file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file`
- fi
- touch $file
- ;;
-
- *)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
- system. You might have modified some files without having the
- proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
- it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing
- this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
- some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
- exit 1
- ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
Deleted: trunk/misc/mkinstalldirs
===================================================================
--- trunk/misc/mkinstalldirs 2007-06-10 13:40:30 UTC (rev 91)
+++ trunk/misc/mkinstalldirs 2007-06-10 14:06:07 UTC (rev 92)
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
-# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman at prep.ai.mit.edu>
-# Created: 1993-05-16
-# Public domain
-
-# $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.10 1996/05/03 07:37:52 friedman Exp $
-
-errstatus=0
-
-for file
-do
- set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
- shift
-
- pathcomp=
- for d
- do
- pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
- case "$pathcomp" in
- -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
- esac
-
- if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
- echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2
-
- mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
-
- if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
- errstatus=$lasterr
- fi
- fi
-
- pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
- done
-done
-
-exit $errstatus
-
-# mkinstalldirs ends here
Deleted: trunk/misc/texinfo.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/misc/texinfo.tex 2007-06-10 13:40:30 UTC (rev 91)
+++ trunk/misc/texinfo.tex 2007-06-10 14:06:07 UTC (rev 92)
@@ -1,4758 +0,0 @@
-%% TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%% $Id: texinfo.tex,v 2.196 1997/01/04 19:20:54 karl Exp $
-
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93,
-% 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-%This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-%modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-%published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
-%your option) any later version.
-
-%This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-%useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-%of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-%General Public License for more details.
-
-%You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-%along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
-%to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-%Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-
-%In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
-%You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
-%what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding!
-
-
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo at prep.ai.mit.edu.
-% Please include a *precise* test case in each bug report.
-
-
-% Make it possible to create a .fmt file just by loading this file:
-% if the underlying format is not loaded, start by loading it now.
-% Added by gildea November 1993.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-
-% This automatically updates the version number based on RCS.
-\def\deftexinfoversion$#1: #2 ${\def\texinfoversion{#2}}
-\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 2.196 $
-\message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:}
-
-% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
-% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
-% they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}\message{}
- \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
-% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
-
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexcomma=\,
-\let\ptexdot=\.
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv = \equiv
-\let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptext=\t
-
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
-
-
-\message{Basics,}
-\chardef\other=12
-
-% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
-% starts a new line in the output.
-\newlinechar = `^^J
-
-% Set up fixed words for English.
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined{\gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}}\fi%
-\def\putwordInfo{Info}%
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined{\gdef\putwordSee{See}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined{\gdef\putwordsee{see}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined{\gdef\putwordfile{file}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined{\gdef\putwordpage{page}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined{\gdef\putwordsection{section}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined{\gdef\putwordSection{Section}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}}\fi%
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined{\gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}}\fi%
-
-% Ignore a token.
-%
-\def\gobble#1{}
-
-\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
-\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
-\hyphenation{eshell}
-
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen \bindingoffset
-\newdimen \normaloffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-
-% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
-% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.
-%
-\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2
- \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
- \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
- \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
-}%
-
-%---------------------Begin change-----------------------
-%
-%%%% For @cropmarks command.
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
-%
-\newdimen\cornerlong \newdimen\cornerthick
-\newdimen \topandbottommargin
-\newdimen \outerhsize \newdimen \outervsize
-\cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt % These set size of cropmarks
-\outerhsize=7in
-%\outervsize=9.5in
-% Alternative @smallbook page size is 9.25in
-\outervsize=9.25in
-\topandbottommargin=.75in
-%
-%---------------------End change-----------------------
-
-% Main output routine.
-\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-
-\newbox\headlinebox \newbox\footlinebox
-
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
-\def\onepageout#1{%
- \hoffset=\normaloffset
- \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
- \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
- %
- % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
- % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
- \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
- \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
- %
- {%
- % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
- % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
- % before the \shipout runs.
- %
- \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
- \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
- \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
- % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
- \shipout\vbox{%
- \unvbox\headlinebox
- \pagebody{#1}%
- \unvbox\footlinebox
- }%
- }%
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
-}
-
-%%%% For @cropmarks command %%%%
-
-% Here is a modification of the main output routine for Near East Publications
-% This provides right-angle cropmarks at all four corners.
-% The contents of the page are centerlined into the cropmarks,
-% and any desired binding offset is added as an \hskip on either
-% site of the centerlined box. (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\croppageout#1{\hoffset=0pt % make sure this doesn't mess things up
-{\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files.
- \shipout
- \vbox to \outervsize{\hsize=\outerhsize
- \vbox{\line{\ewtop\hfill\ewtop}}
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}}
- \vskip \topandbottommargin
- \centerline{\ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
- \vbox{
- {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}
- \pagebody{#1}
- {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}}
- \ifodd\pageno\else\hskip\bindingoffset\fi}
- \vskip \topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
- \boxmaxdepth\cornerthick
- \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}}
- \nointerlineskip
- \vbox{\line{\ewbot\hfill\ewbot}}
- }}
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi}
-%
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks
-\def\cropmarks{\let\onepageout=\croppageout }
-
-\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
-{\catcode`\@ =11
-\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
-% marginal hacks, juha at viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
-\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
- \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
-\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
-\ifr at ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-}
-
-%
-% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
-% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
-% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
-\def\nstop{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
-\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
-\def\nsbot{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
-
-% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
-% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
-% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
-%
-\def\parsearg#1{%
- \let\next = #1%
- \begingroup
- \obeylines
- \futurelet\temp\parseargx
-}
-
-% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or
-% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done.
-\def\parseargx{%
- % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces.
- \ifx\obeyedspace\temp
- \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace
- \else
- \expandafter\parseargline
- \fi
-}
-
-% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call).
-{\obeyspaces %
- \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}}
-
-{\obeylines %
- \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
- \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
- %
- % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment.
- % Result of each macro is put in \toks0.
- \argremovec #1\c\relax %
- \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax %
- %
- % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg.
- \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}%
- }%
-}
-
-% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX
-% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call
-% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is
-% just to delimit the argument to the \c.
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
-
-% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g.,
-% @end itemize @c foo
-% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the
-% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the
-% result to \toks0.
-%
-% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces
-% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded.
-% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever
-% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed
-% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of
-% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument
-% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it.
-%
-\def\removeactivespaces#1{%
- \begingroup
- \ignoreactivespaces
- \edef\temp{#1}%
- \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}%
- \endgroup
-}
-
-% Change the active space to expand to nothing.
-%
-\begingroup
- \obeyspaces
- \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty}
-\endgroup
-
-
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-
-%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
-%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
-\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
-\def\ENVcheck{%
-\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment. Type Return to continue.}
-\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
-
-% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now.
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Type <Return> to continue.}
-
-\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
-
-\def\beginxxx #1{%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
-{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else
-\csname #1\endcsname\fi}
-
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-%
-\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx}
-\def\endxxx #1{%
- \removeactivespaces{#1}%
- \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}%
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax
- % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}%
- \else
- \unmatchedenderror\endthing
- \fi
- \else
- % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
- \csname E\endthing\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error.
-%
-\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}%
-}
-
-% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
-%
-\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
-}
-
-
-% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in
-% \nonfillstart and \quotations).
-\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt
-\def\singlespace{%
- % Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below
- % environments. --karl, 6may93
- %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip
- %\kern \baselineskip}%
- \setleading \singlespaceskip
-}
-
-%% Simple single-character @ commands
-
-% @@ prints an @
-% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
-\def\@{{\tt \char '100}}
-
-% This is turned off because it was never documented
-% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
-%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
-%% but suppressing ligatures.
-%\def\`{{`}}
-%\def\'{{'}}
-
-% Used to generate quoted braces.
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt \char '173}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt \char '175}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace
-\let\}=\myrbrace
-\begingroup
- % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index.
- \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12
- \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
- \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12
- @gdef at lbracecmd[\{]%
- @gdef at rbracecmd[\}]%
- at endgroup
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H.
-\let\, = \c
-\let\dotaccent = \.
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \t
-\let\ubaraccent = \b
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
- \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
- \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
-\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-
-% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-\gdef\enddots{$\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}$\spacefactor=3000}
-
-% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\gdef\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\gdef\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
-% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
-% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
-\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
-
-% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
-% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
-% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
-% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
-% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
-% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
-% the text is small, which looks bad.
-%
-\def\group{\begingroup
- \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
- \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
- \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
- \fi
- %
- % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
- % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
- % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of
- % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
- % above. But it's pretty close.
- \def\Egroup{%
- \egroup % End the \vtop.
- \endgroup % End the \group.
- }%
- %
- \vtop\bgroup
- % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
- % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
- % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
- % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the
- % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
- % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
- \everypar = {\strut}%
- %
- % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
- % normal interline spacing.
- \offinterlineskip
- %
- % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
- % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
- % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
- % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an
- % empty paragraph.
- \ifx\par\lisppar
- \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
- %
- % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
- \obeylines
- \fi
- %
- % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
- % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
- % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
- % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
- % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
- % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
- \comment
-}
-%
-% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
-% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
-%
-\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
-group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
-where each line of input produces a line of output.}
-
-% @need space-in-mils
-% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
-
-\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
-
-\def\need{\parsearg\needx}
-
-% Old definition--didn't work.
-%\def\needx #1{\par %
-%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
-%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
-%{\baselineskip=0pt%
-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\penalty 10000
-%\prevdepth=-1000pt
-%}}
-
-\def\needx#1{%
- % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
- % paragraph.
- \par
- %
- % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page
- % break, since the best break might be right here.
- \allowbreak
- \nointerlineskip
- \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}%
- %
- % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
- % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
- % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
- % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
- % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
- %
- % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
- % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
- % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
- % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
- % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
- % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
- % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
- \penalty9999
- %
- % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
- \kern -#1\mil
- %
- % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
- \nobreak
-}
-
-% @br forces paragraph break
-
-\let\br = \par
-
-% @dots{} output some dots
-
-\def\dots{$\ldots$}
-
-% @page forces the start of a new page
-
-\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% @exdent text....
-% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
-
-% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
-% That's how much \exdent should take out.
-\newskip\exdentamount
-
-% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy}
-\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
-
-% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy}
-\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
-\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph.
-
-\def\inmargin#1{%
-\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth
- \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss
- \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}}
-\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
-\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-
-%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
-
-% @include file insert text of that file as input.
-% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
-\def\include{\begingroup
- \catcode`\\=12
- \catcode`~=12
- \catcode`^=12
- \catcode`_=12
- \catcode`|=12
- \catcode`<=12
- \catcode`>=12
- \catcode`+=12
- \parsearg\includezzz}
-% Restore active chars for included file.
-\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup
- % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work.
- \def\thisfile{#1}%
- \input\thisfile
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\thisfile{}
-
-% @center line outputs that line, centered
-
-\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz}
-\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-\centerline{#1}}}
-
-% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
-
-\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx}
-\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
-
-% @comment ...line which is ignored...
-% @c is the same as @comment
-% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
-
-\def\comment{\catcode 64=\other \catcode 123=\other \catcode 125=\other%
-\parsearg \commentxxx}
-
-\def\commentxxx #1{\catcode 64=0 \catcode 123=1 \catcode 125=2 }
-
-\let\c=\comment
-
-% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only.
-\let\paragraphindent=\comment
-
-% Prevent errors for section commands.
-% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
-\def\ignoresections{%
-\let\chapter=\relax
-\let\unnumbered=\relax
-\let\top=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsection=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
-\let\section=\relax
-\let\subsec=\relax
-\let\subsubsec=\relax
-\let\subsection=\relax
-\let\subsubsection=\relax
-\let\appendix=\relax
-\let\appendixsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsection=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsection=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
-\let\contents=\relax
-\let\smallbook=\relax
-\let\titlepage=\relax
-}
-
-% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
-% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
-% incorrectly.
-%
-\def\ignoremorecommands{%
- \let\defcodeindex = \relax
- \let\defcv = \relax
- \let\deffn = \relax
- \let\deffnx = \relax
- \let\defindex = \relax
- \let\defivar = \relax
- \let\defmac = \relax
- \let\defmethod = \relax
- \let\defop = \relax
- \let\defopt = \relax
- \let\defspec = \relax
- \let\deftp = \relax
- \let\deftypefn = \relax
- \let\deftypefun = \relax
- \let\deftypevar = \relax
- \let\deftypevr = \relax
- \let\defun = \relax
- \let\defvar = \relax
- \let\defvr = \relax
- \let\ref = \relax
- \let\xref = \relax
- \let\printindex = \relax
- \let\pxref = \relax
- \let\settitle = \relax
- \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
- \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
- \let\everyheading = \relax
- \let\evenheading = \relax
- \let\oddheading = \relax
- \let\everyfooting = \relax
- \let\evenfooting = \relax
- \let\oddfooting = \relax
- \let\headings = \relax
- \let\include = \relax
- \let\lowersections = \relax
- \let\down = \relax
- \let\raisesections = \relax
- \let\up = \relax
- \let\set = \relax
- \let\clear = \relax
- \let\item = \relax
-}
-
-% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore.
-%
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-
-% Also ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
-%
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-
-% Also ignore @macro ... @end macro. The user must run texi2dvi,
-% which runs makeinfo to do macro expansion. Ignore @unmacro, too.
-\def\macro{\doignore{macro}}
-\let\unmacro = \comment
-
-
-% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory = \comment
-
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
-%
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
- % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
- \ignoresections
- %
- % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
- \long\def\doignoretext##1\end #1{\enddoignore}%
- %
- % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
- \catcode32 = 10
- %
- % And now expand that command.
- \doignoretext
-}
-
-% What we do to finish off ignored text.
-%
-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
-
-\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
-\def\obstexwarn{%
- \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
- % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
- % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
- \immediate\write16{}
- \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
- \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
- \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
- \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
- \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
- \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
- \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
- \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
- \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.}
- \immediate\write16{}
- \global\warnedobstrue
- \fi
-}
-
-% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a
-% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
-% uncomment the following line:
-%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
-
-% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
-% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
-%
-\def\nestedignore#1{%
- \obstexwarn
- % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
- % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the
- % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize
- % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
- % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font.
- %
- \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
- % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
- \ignoresections
- %
- % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
- % @end command again.
- \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
- %
- % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no
- % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
- % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
- % undefine them.
- %
- % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
- % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
- \ignoremorecommands
- %
- % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
- % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use
- % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites
- % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still
- % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
- % stuff compared to the main input.
- %
- \nullfont
- \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont
- \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont
- \let\tensf = \nullfont
- % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in
- % smallexample)
- \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont
- \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont
- \let\indsf = \nullfont
- %
- % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
- \tracinglostchars = 0
- %
- % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
- \frenchspacing
- %
- % Don't report underfull hboxes.
- \hbadness = 10000
- %
- % Do minimal line-breaking.
- \pretolerance = 10000
- %
- % Do not execute instructions in @tex
- \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}
-}
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
-% losing inside @example, for instance.
-%
-\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
- \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
- \parsearg\setxxx}
-\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
- \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
- \fi
- \endgroup
-}
-% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
-% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
-% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
-\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
-\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-%
-\def\value{\begingroup
- \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
- \valuexxx}
-\def\valuexxx#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- {\{No value for ``#1''\}}%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-\endgroup}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx}
-\def\ifsetxxx #1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifsetfail
- \else
- \expandafter\ifsetsucceed
- \fi
-}
-\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
-\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx}
-\def\ifclearxxx #1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifclearsucceed
- \else
- \expandafter\ifclearfail
- \fi
-}
-\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
-
-% @iftex always succeeds; we read the text following, through @end
-% iftex). But `@end iftex' should be valid only after an @iftex.
-%
-\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
-\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
-
-% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it
-% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no
-% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must
-% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't
-% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since
-% the @ifset might be nested.)
-%
-\def\conditionalsucceed#1{%
- \edef\temp{%
- % Remember the current value of \E#1.
- \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}%
- %
- % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value.
- \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}%
- }%
- \temp
-}
-
-% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the
-% control sequences after we've constructed them.
-%
-\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math means output in math mode.
-% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
-% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then,
-% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
-% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a
-% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
-%
-% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
-% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
-%
-\let\implicitmath = $
-\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
-
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
-\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
-
-\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
-\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]}
-\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
-\let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\relax
-
-\def\donoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}\fi
-\global\let\lastnode=\relax}
-
-\def\unnumbnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unnumbsetref{\lastnode}\fi
-\global\let\lastnode=\relax}
-
-\def\appendixnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\appendixsetref{\lastnode}\fi
-\global\let\lastnode=\relax}
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
- \readauxfile
- \opencontents
- \openindices
- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
- \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
- \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-% \def\macro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\macroxxx}
-% \def\macroxxx#1#2 \end macro{%
-% \expandafter\gdef\macrotemp#1{#2}%
-% \endgroup}
-
-%\def\linemacro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\linemacroxxx}
-%\def\linemacroxxx#1#2 \end linemacro{%
-%\let\parsearg=\relax
-%\edef\macrotempx{\csname M\butfirst\expandafter\string\macrotemp\endcsname}%
-%\expandafter\xdef\macrotemp{\parsearg\macrotempx}%
-%\expandafter\gdef\macrotempx#1{#2}%
-%\endgroup}
-
-%\def\butfirst#1{}
-
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Font-change commands.
-
-% Texinfo supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-% We don't need math for this one.
-\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
-
-%% Try out Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf
-\let\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
-% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
-\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
-\def\bfshape{b}
-\def\bxshape{bx}
-\def\ttshape{tt}
-\def\ttbshape{tt}
-\def\ttslshape{sltt}
-\def\itshape{ti}
-\def\itbshape{bxti}
-\def\slshape{sl}
-\def\slbshape{bxsl}
-\def\sfshape{ss}
-\def\sfbshape{ss}
-\def\scshape{csc}
-\def\scbshape{csc}
-
-\ifx\bigger\relax
-\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-\else
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\fi
-% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10.
-% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
-% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10.
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-
-% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
-\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt).
-% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic,
-% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that.
-% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they
-% aren't very useful.
-\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\indit\slshape{9}{1000}
-\let\indsl=\indit
-\let\indtt=\ninett
-\let\indttsl=\ninett
-\let\indsf=\indrm
-\let\indbf=\indrm
-\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\font\indi=cmmi9
-\font\indsy=cmsy9
-
-% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-
-% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-
-% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} % This size an font looked bad.
-% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1} % The letters were too crowded.
-% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}
-% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1}
-
-%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315} % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
-%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315} % Also, the size is a little larger than
-%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315} % being scaled magstep1.
-%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315}
-%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315}
-
-%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm
-
-% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
-% but that is not a standard magnification.
-
-% Fonts for title page:
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\let\authorrm = \secrm
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we
-% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would
-% also require loading a lot more fonts).
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
- \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy
- \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf
- \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf
-}
-
-
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work
-% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
-% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
-% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
-% redefine \bf itself.
-\def\textfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
- \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
- \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
- \resetmathfonts}
-\def\chapfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
- \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
- \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
- \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
- \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
- \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
- \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
-\def\indexfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl
- \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc
- \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}}
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\textfonts
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
-
-%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
-%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
-
-% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
-% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\var=\smartitalic
-\let\dfn=\smartitalic
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-\let\cite=\smartitalic
-
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-\def\t#1{%
- {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
- \null
-}
-\let\ttfont=\t
-\def\samp #1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{%
- \raise0.4pt\hbox{$\langle$}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
- \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
- \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{$\langle$}}#1}}%
- \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
- \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{$\rangle$}}}}
-% The old definition, with no lozenge:
-%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
-
-\let\file=\samp
-\let\url=\samp % perhaps include a hypertex \special eventually
-\def\email#1{$\langle${\tt #1}$\rangle$}
-
-% @code is a modification of @t,
-% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
-\def\tclose#1{%
- {%
- % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
- \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
- %
- % Switch to typewriter.
- \tt
- %
- % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
- \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
- %
- % Turn off hyphenation.
- \nohyphenation
- %
- \rawbackslash
- \frenchspacing
- #1%
- }%
- \null
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
-% -- rms.
-{
-\catcode`\-=\active
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex}
-% The following is used by \doprintindex to insure that long function names
-% wrap around. It is necessary for - and _ to be active before the index is
-% read from the file, as \entry parses the arguments long before \code is
-% ever called. -- mycroft
-% _ is always active; and it shouldn't be \let = to an _ that is a
-% subscript character anyway. Then, @cindex @samp{_} (for example)
-% fails. --karl
-\global\def\indexbreaks{%
- \catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash
-}
-}
-
-\def\realdash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codeunder{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-%\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-%
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else{\tclose{\ttsl\look}}\fi
-\else{\tclose{\ttsl\look}}\fi}
-
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of
-% @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
-
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
-% Use of \lowercase was suggested.
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
-
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
-\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
-
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlerm #1}}
-
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
-\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
- \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
- \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-% I deinstalled the following change because \cmr12 is undefined.
-% This change was not in the ChangeLog anyway. --rms.
-% \let\subtitlerm=\cmr12
- \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
- %
- \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}%
- %
- % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
- \vglue\titlepagetopglue
- %
- % Now you can print the title using @title.
- \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
- \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefont{##1}}
- % print a rule at the page bottom also.
- \finishedtitlepagefalse
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
- % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
- %
- % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
- \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
- \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
- %
- % @author should come last, but may come many times.
- \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
- \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
- {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
- %
- % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
- % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
- \let\oldpage = \page
- \def\page{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- \oldpage
- \let\page = \oldpage
- \hbox{}}%
-% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
- % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
- % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
- % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
- \oldpage
- \endgroup
- \HEADINGSon
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
- \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-%%% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks \evenheadline % Token sequence for heading line of even pages
-\newtoks \oddheadline % Token sequence for heading line of odd pages
-\newtoks \evenfootline % Token sequence for footing line of even pages
-\newtoks \oddfootline % Token sequence for footing line of odd pages
-
-% Now make Tex use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
- \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
- \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what @headings on does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
-
-{\catcode`\@=0 %
-
-\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\everyheadingxxx #1{\everyheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\everyheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\everyfootingxxx #1{\everyfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\everyfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
-\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-%
-}% unbind the catcode of @.
-
-% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off turns them off.
-% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
-% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{
-\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
-\HEADINGSoff
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% Produces Day Month Year style of output.
-\def\today{\number\day\space
-\ifcase\month\or
-January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-\space\number\year}
-
-% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output.
-%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
-%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-%\space\number\day, \number\year}
-
-% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings
-% It generates no output of its own
-
-\def\thistitle{No Title}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
-\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
-
-
-\message{tables,}
-
-% @tabs -- simple alignment
-
-% These don't work. For one thing, \+ is defined as outer.
-% So these macros cannot even be defined.
-
-%\def\tabs{\parsearg\tabszzz}
-%\def\tabszzz #1{\settabs\+#1\cr}
-%\def\tabline{\parsearg\tablinezzz}
-%\def\tablinezzz #1{\+#1\cr}
-%\def\&{&}
-
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
-\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
-
-\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
-\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
-
-\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
- \itemzzz {#1}}
-
-\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
- \itemzzz {#1}}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
- \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
- \itemindex{#1}%
- \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
- %
- % Be sure we are not still in the middle of a paragraph.
- %{\parskip = 0in
- %\par
- %}%
- %
- % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
- % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
- % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
- % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
- % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
- \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
- %
- % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
- % but leave it ragged-right.
- \begingroup
- \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
- \advance\hsize by\tableindent
- \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
- \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
- \endgroup
- %
- % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
- % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
- \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
- %
- % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately
- % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
- % \baselineskip glue.
- \nobreak
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
- \else
- % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
- % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. Since that
- % text will be indented by \tableindent, we make the item text be in
- % a zero-width box.
- \noindent
- \rlap{\hskip -\tableindent\box0}\ignorespaces%
- \endgroup%
- \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue%
- \fi
-}
-
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
-\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
-\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
-\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
-\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
-
-%% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work
-\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
-
-\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}}
-
-\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley
-\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\Etable=\relax}}
-
-\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley
-\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\Etable=\relax}}
-
-\def\dontindex #1{}
-\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
-\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
-
-{\obeyspaces %
-\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
-\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
-
-\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-\aboveenvbreak %
-\begingroup %
-\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge.
-\let\itemindex=#1%
-\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
-\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
-\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
-\def\itemfont{#2}%
-\itemmax=\tableindent %
-\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
-\exdentamount=\tableindent
-\parindent = 0pt
-\parskip = \smallskipamount
-\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\item = \internalBitem %
-\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
-\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
-\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
-\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
-\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
-}
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
-
-\def\itemizezzz #1{%
- \begingroup % ended by the @end itemsize
- \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
-}
-
-\def\itemizey #1#2{%
-\aboveenvbreak %
-\itemmax=\itemindent %
-\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\advance \leftskip by \itemindent %
-\exdentamount=\itemindent
-\parindent = 0pt %
-\parskip = \smallskipamount %
-\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
-\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\def\itemcontents{#1}%
-\let\item=\itemizeitem}
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% These are `.?!:;,'
-\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000
- \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 }
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
-\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
- \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
- %
- % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
- \def\thearg{#1}%
- \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
- %
- % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
- % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
- % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
- % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
- % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
- \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
- \ifx\rest\empty
- % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
- % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
- % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
- % not equal to itself.
- % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
- %
- % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
- % continuing to look for a <number>.
- %
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
- \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
- \else
- % It's a letter.
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
- \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
- \else
- \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
- \numericenumerate
- \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
- \itemno = \thearg
- \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}%
- \fi
- \char\lccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}
- \fi
- \char\uccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
- \advance\itemno by -1
- \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
-}
-
-% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
-% to @enumerate.
-%
-\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
-\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
-\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
-
-\def\itemizeitem{%
-\advance\itemno by 1
-{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
-\ifhmode \errmessage{\in hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
-{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
-\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
-\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
-\flushcr}
-
-% @multitable macros
-% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
-%
-% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
-% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
-% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
-% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
-
-% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
-
-% To make preamble:
-%
-% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
-% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
-% @item ...
-%
-% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
-% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
-% columns as desired.
-
-
-% Or use a template:
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-% @item ...
-% using the widest term desired in each column.
-%
-% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
-% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
-% will parse correctly, i.e.,
-%
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3
-% template}
-% Not:
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template}
-% {Column 3 template}
-
-% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
-% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
-% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
-% ie, @tab at tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
-
-% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their
-% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
-
-% Sample multitable:
-
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
-% @item
-% first col stuff
-% @tab
-% second col stuff
-% @tab
-% third col
-% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
-% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
-%
-% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
-% @item at tab@tab This will be in third column.
-% @end multitable
-
-% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
-% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
-% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
-% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
-% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
-% to baseline.
-% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
-
-%%%%
-% Dimensions
-
-\newskip\multitableparskip
-\newskip\multitableparindent
-\newdimen\multitablecolspace
-\newskip\multitablelinespace
-\multitableparskip=0pt
-\multitableparindent=6pt
-\multitablecolspace=12pt
-\multitablelinespace=0pt
-
-%%%%
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\columnfractions\relax
-\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-%% 2/1/96, to allow fractions to be given with more than one digit.
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {\global\advance\colcount by1 %
-\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#1\hsize}%
-\setuptable}
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{\def\firstarg{#1}%
-\ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable\let\go\relax%
-\else
- \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions\global\setpercenttrue%
- \else
- \ifsetpercent
- \let\go\pickupwholefraction % In this case arg of setuptable
- % is the decimal point before the
- % number given in percent of hsize.
- % We don't need this so we don't use it.
- \else
- \global\advance\colcount by1
- \setbox0=\hbox{#1 }% Add a normal word space as a separator;
- % typically that is always in the input, anyway.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
- \fi%
- \fi%
-\ifx\go\pickupwholefraction\else\let\go\setuptable\fi%
-\fi\go}
-
-%%%%
-% multitable syntax
-\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96
- % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is
- % maintained, even if it is never used.
-
-
-%%%%
-% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
-
-\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
-
-\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
-\let\item\cr
-\tolerance=9500
-\hbadness=9500
-\setmultitablespacing
-\parskip=\multitableparskip
-\parindent=\multitableparindent
-\overfullrule=0pt
-\global\colcount=0\relax%
-\def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\global\everycr{}\cr\egroup\egroup}%
- % To parse everything between @multitable and @item :
-\setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
- % Need to reset this to 0 after \setuptable.
-\global\colcount=0\relax%
- %
- % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
- % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
- % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
- % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
-\halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax%
-\multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
- % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
- % the first one.
- % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
- % to the width of each template entry.
- % If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
- % we will use that dimension as the width of the column, and
- % the \leftskip will keep entries from bumping into each other.
- % Table will start at left margin and final column will justify at
- % right margin.
-\ifnum\colcount=1
-\else
- \ifsetpercent
- \else
- % If user has <not> set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
- % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace
- \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
-\leftskip=\multitablecolspace
-\fi
- % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
- % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
- % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
- % For example:
- % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
- % @item @code{#}
- % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
- % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
- % characters.
- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
- % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
- % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
- % The table preamble
- % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
-\global\everycr{\noalign{%
-% \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
-% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
-% breaks over pages Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem
-% manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
-\global\colcount=0\relax}}
-}
-
-\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
-% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
-% current baselineskip.
-\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
-%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
-%% to keep lines equally spaced
-\let\multistrut = \strut
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
-\else
-\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
-width0pt\relax} \fi
-\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi%
-\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi}
-
-
-\message{indexing,}
-% Index generation facilities
-
-% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\newwrite{\alloc at 7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
-
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
-% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
-% for the sake of vms.
-
-\def\newindex #1{
-\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file
-\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\doindex {#1}}
-}
-
-% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
-
-\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
-
-% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-
-\def\newcodeindex #1{
-\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file
-\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\docodeindex {#1}}
-}
-
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-
-% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
-% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-\def\synindex #1 #2 {%
-\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\doindex {#2}}%
-}
-
-% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
-% inside @code.
-\def\syncodeindex #1 #2 {%
-\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex
-\noexpand\docodeindex {#2}}%
-}
-
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
-% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
-
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
-
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-
-\def\indexdummies{%
-% Take care of the plain tex accent commands.
-\def\"{\realbackslash "}%
-\def\`{\realbackslash `}%
-\def\'{\realbackslash '}%
-\def\^{\realbackslash ^}%
-\def\~{\realbackslash ~}%
-\def\={\realbackslash =}%
-\def\b{\realbackslash b}%
-\def\c{\realbackslash c}%
-\def\d{\realbackslash d}%
-\def\u{\realbackslash u}%
-\def\v{\realbackslash v}%
-\def\H{\realbackslash H}%
-% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
-\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}%
-\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}%
-\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}%
-\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}%
-\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}%
-\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}%
-\def\o{\realbackslash o}%
-\def\O{\realbackslash O}%
-\def\l{\realbackslash l}%
-\def\L{\realbackslash L}%
-\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}%
-% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry.
-% (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to
-% laboriously list every single command here.)
-\def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char.
-%\let\{ = \lbracecmd
-%\let\} = \rbracecmd
-\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}%
-\def\w{\realbackslash w }%
-\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }%
-%\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }%
-\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }%
-\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}%
-\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}%
-\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}%
-\def\less{\realbackslash less}%
-\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}%
-%\def\char{\realbackslash char}%
-\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}%
-\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }%
-\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright }%
-\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}%
-\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}%
-\def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}%
-\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}%
-\def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}%
-\def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}%
-\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}%
-\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}%
-\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}%
-\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}%
-\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}%
-\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}%
-\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}%
-\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}%
-\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}%
-\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}%
-\unsepspaces
-}
-
-% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
-% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
-% expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
-{\obeyspaces
- \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}}
-
-% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands.
-% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by.
-\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1}
-\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
-\def\indexdummydots{...}
-
-\def\indexnofonts{%
-% Just ignore accents.
-\let\,=\indexdummyfont
-\let\"=\indexdummyfont
-\let\`=\indexdummyfont
-\let\'=\indexdummyfont
-\let\^=\indexdummyfont
-\let\~=\indexdummyfont
-\let\==\indexdummyfont
-\let\b=\indexdummyfont
-\let\c=\indexdummyfont
-\let\d=\indexdummyfont
-\let\u=\indexdummyfont
-\let\v=\indexdummyfont
-\let\H=\indexdummyfont
-\let\dotless=\indexdummyfont
-% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
-\def\oe{oe}%
-\def\ae{ae}%
-\def\aa{aa}%
-\def\OE{OE}%
-\def\AE{AE}%
-\def\AA{AA}%
-\def\o{o}%
-\def\O{O}%
-\def\l{l}%
-\def\L{L}%
-\def\ss{ss}%
-\let\w=\indexdummyfont
-\let\t=\indexdummyfont
-\let\r=\indexdummyfont
-\let\i=\indexdummyfont
-\let\b=\indexdummyfont
-\let\emph=\indexdummyfont
-\let\strong=\indexdummyfont
-\let\cite=\indexdummyfont
-\let\sc=\indexdummyfont
-%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
-% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |...
-%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont
-\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont
-\let\code=\indexdummyfont
-\let\file=\indexdummyfont
-\let\samp=\indexdummyfont
-\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont
-\let\key=\indexdummyfont
-\let\var=\indexdummyfont
-\let\TeX=\indexdummytex
-\let\dots=\indexdummydots
-\def\@{@}%
-}
-
-% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape.
-% We must first make another character (@) an escape
-% so we do not become unable to do a definition.
-
-{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other
- at gdef@realbackslash{\}}
-
-\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
-
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax %initialize!
-% workhorse for all \fooindexes
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there
-\def\doind #1#2{%
- % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
- \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
- \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
- \fi
- {%
- \count255=\lastpenalty
- {%
- \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
- \escapechar=`\\
- {%
- \let\folio=0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio.
- \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
- % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
- %
- % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off
- % to get the string to sort by.
- {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2}}%
- %
- % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the
- % original text, including any font commands.
- \toks0 = {#2}%
- \edef\temp{%
- \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
- \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
- }%
- \temp
- }%
- }%
- \penalty\count255
- }%
-}
-
-\def\dosubind #1#2#3{%
-{\count10=\lastpenalty %
-{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-\escapechar=`\\%
-{\let\folio=0%
-\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}%
-%
-% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off,
-% to get the string to sort the index by.
-{\indexnofonts
-\xdef\temp1{#2 #3}%
-}%
-% Now produce the complete index entry. We process the index-string again,
-% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index.
-\edef\temp{%
-\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
-\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}{#3}}}%
-\temp }%
-}\penalty\count10}}
-
-% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
-% or
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
-% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
-% containing these kinds of lines:
-% \initial {c}
-% before the first topic whose initial is c
-% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
-% for a topic that is used without subtopics
-% \primary {topic}
-% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
-% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
-% for each subtopic.
-
-% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
-% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
-
-\def\findex {\fnindex}
-\def\kindex {\kyindex}
-\def\cindex {\cpindex}
-\def\vindex {\vrindex}
-\def\tindex {\tpindex}
-\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-
-\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
-{\obeylines %
-\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
-\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
-
-% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
-
-% This is what you call to cause a particular index to get printed.
-% Write
-% @unnumbered Function Index
-% @printindex fn
-
-\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
-
-\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
- \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
- %
- \indexfonts \rm
- \tolerance = 9500
- \indexbreaks
- \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
- % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
- % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
- % to make right now.
- \catcode`\\ = 0
- \catcode`\@ = 11
- \escapechar = `\\
- \begindoublecolumns
- %
- % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
- \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
- \ifeof 1
- % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
- % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
- % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
- % there is some text.
- (Index is nonexistent)
- \else
- %
- % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
- % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
- % it can discover if there is anything in it.
- \read 1 to \temp
- \ifeof 1
- (Index is empty)
- \else
- \input \jobname.#1s
- \fi
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \enddoublecolumns
-\endgroup}
-
-% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
-% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-
-% Same as \bigskipamount except no shrink.
-% \balancecolumns gets confused if there is any shrink.
-\newskip\initialskipamount \initialskipamount 12pt plus4pt
-
-\def\initial #1{%
-{\let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
-\ifdim\lastskip<\initialskipamount
-\removelastskip \penalty-200 \vskip \initialskipamount\fi
-\line{\secbf#1\hfill}\kern 2pt\penalty10000}}
-
-% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
-% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents
-% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
-%
-\def\entry #1#2{\begingroup
- %
- % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
- % affect previous text.
- \par
- %
- % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
- \parfillskip = 0in
- %
- % No extra space above this paragraph.
- \parskip = 0in
- %
- % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
- \finalhyphendemerits = 0
- %
- % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
- % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
- % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
- % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
- % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
- %
- % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
- % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
- \hangindent=2em
- %
- % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
- % with blank space.
- \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
- %
- % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
- % parameters we've set above will have an effect.
- \noindent
- %
- % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it.
- #1%
- % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
- % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
- % cursed by a Unix daemon.
- \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
- \def\tempb{#2}%
- \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
- \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
- \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else%
- %
- % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
- % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
- % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
- \hfil\penalty50
- \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
- %
- % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
- % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
- % \hbox ensues.
- \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
- \fi%
- \par
-\endgroup}
-
-% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
-\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
-
-\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-
-\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-
-\def\secondary #1#2{
-{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in
-\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1
-\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par
-}}
-
-% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
-% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
-
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
- % Grab any single-column material above us.
- \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage
- =\vbox{\unvbox255\kern -\topskip \kern \baselineskip}}%
- \eject
- %
- % Now switch to the double-column output routine.
- \output={\doublecolumnout}%
- %
- % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
- % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
- % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
- % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
- % execution time, so we may as well do it once.
- %
- % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
- % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
- % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
- % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +- <
- % 1pt) as it did when we hard-coded it.
- %
- % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
- % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
- % been clobbered.
- %
- \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
- \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
- \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- %
- % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
- % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
- \vsize = 2\vsize
-}
-\def\doublecolumnout{%
- \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
- % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
- % previous page.
- \dimen@=\pageheight \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage
- % box0 will be the left-hand column, box1 the right.
- \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
- \onepageout\pagesofar
- \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty
-}
-\def\pagesofar{%
- % The contents of the output page -- any previous material,
- % followed by the two boxes we just split.
- \unvbox\partialpage
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
-}
-\def\enddoublecolumns{%
- \output={\balancecolumns}\eject % split what we have
- \endgroup
- % Back to normal single-column typesetting, but take account of the
- % fact that we just accumulated some stuff on the output page.
- \pagegoal=\vsize
-}
-\def\balancecolumns{%
- % Called on the last page of the double column material.
- \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255}%
- \dimen@ = \ht0
- \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
- \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
- \divide\dimen@ by 2
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
- {\vbadness=10000 \loop \global\setbox3=\copy0
- \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen@
- \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt \repeat}%
- \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
- \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
- \pagesofar
-}
-\catcode `\@=\other
-
-
-\message{sectioning,}
-% Define chapters, sections, etc.
-
-\newcount \chapno
-\newcount \secno \secno=0
-\newcount \subsecno \subsecno=0
-\newcount \subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
-
-% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount \appendixno \appendixno = `\@
-\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-
-\newwrite \contentsfile
-% This is called from \setfilename.
-\def\opencontents{\openout \contentsfile = \jobname.toc}
-
-% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise
-
-\def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{}
-\def\seccheck#1{\if \pageno<0 %
-\errmessage{@#1 not allowed after generating table of contents}\fi
-%
-}
-
-\def\chapternofonts{%
-\let\rawbackslash=\relax%
-\let\frenchspacing=\relax%
-\def\result{\realbackslash result}
-\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}
-\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}
-\def\print{\realbackslash print}
-\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}
-\def\dots{\realbackslash dots}
-\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}
-\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}
-\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }
-\def\w{\realbackslash w}
-\def\less{\realbackslash less}
-\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}
-\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}
-\def\char{\realbackslash char}
-\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}
-\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}
-\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}
-\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}
-\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}
-\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}
-\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}
-\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}
-% These are redefined because @smartitalic wouldn't work inside xdef.
-\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}
-\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}
-\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}
-\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}
-\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}
-}
-
-\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count
-
-% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
-\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
-
-% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
-\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-
-% Choose a numbered-heading macro
-% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
-% #2 is text for heading
-\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \chapterzzz{#2}
-\or
- \seczzz{#2}
-\or
- \numberedsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
- \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0
- \chapterzzz{#2}
- \else
- \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
- \fi
-\fi
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
-\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \appendixzzz{#2}
-\or
- \appendixsectionzzz{#2}
-\or
- \appendixsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
- \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0
- \appendixzzz{#2}
- \else
- \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
- \fi
-\fi
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
-\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \unnumberedzzz{#2}
-\or
- \unnumberedseczzz{#2}
-\or
- \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
- \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0
- \unnumberedzzz{#2}
- \else
- \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
- \fi
-\fi
-}
-
-
-\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title}
-\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
-\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz #1{\seccheck{chapter}%
-\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter \the\chapno}%
-\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
-% because we don't want its macros evaluated now.
-\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry {#1}{\the\chapno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\donoderef %
-\global\let\section = \numberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}}
-
-\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
-\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
-\def\appendixzzz #1{\seccheck{appendix}%
-\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-\global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{Appendix \appendixletter}%
-\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry
- {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\appendixnoderef %
-\global\let\section = \appendixsec
-\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}}
-
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy}
-\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
-
-\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
-\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
-\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
-\def\unnumberedzzz #1{\seccheck{unnumbered}%
-\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-%
-% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
-% argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
-% expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
-% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
-% to be executed, not expanded).
-%
-% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
-% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
-% \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
-% simply yielding the contents of the <toks register>.
-\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
-%
-\unnumbchapmacro {#1}%
-\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry {#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\unnumbnoderef %
-\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}}
-
-\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
-\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz #1{\seccheck{section}%
-\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry %
-{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\donoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
-\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
-\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsection}%
-\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry %
-{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\appendixnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
-\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsec}%
-\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\unnumbnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
-\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsection}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
-\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry %
-{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\donoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsec}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
-\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry %
-{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\appendixnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsec}%
-\plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\unnumbnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsubsection}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
-\subsubsecheading {#1}
- {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry %
- {#1}
- {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}
- {\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\donoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsubsec}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
-\subsubsecheading {#1}
- {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{#1}%
- {\appendixletter}
- {\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\appendixnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsubsec}%
-\plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-{\chapternofonts%
-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-\escapechar=`\\%
-\write \contentsfile \temp %
-\unnumbnoderef %
-\penalty 10000 %
-}}
-
-% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
-% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
-\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
-\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
-\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
-
-% These macros control what the section commands do, according
-% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
-% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\global\let\section = \numberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-
-% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
-
-% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and
-% such:
-% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
-% overlong headings to fold.
-% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
-% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
-% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
-% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
-
-
-\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz}
-\def\majorheadingzzz #1{%
-{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
-{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
-
-\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak %
-{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
-
-% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading}
-\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading}
-\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading}
-
-% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
-% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
-% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-
-%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
-\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-
-%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
-% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-
-\newskip\chapheadingskip
-
-\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
-\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
-
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGon{
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
-
-\CHAPPAGon
-
-\def\CHAPFplain{
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
-\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
-
-% Plain chapter opening.
-% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered.
-\def\chfplain#1#2{%
- \pchapsepmacro
- {%
- \chapfonts \rm
- \def\chapnum{#2}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
- \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
- \unhbox0 #1\par}%
- }%
- \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
- \nobreak
-}
-
-% Plain opening for unnumbered.
-\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}}
-
-% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
- \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
- \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
- \leftskip = \rightskip
- \parfillskip = 0pt
- }%
- \chfplain{#1}{}%
-}}
-
-\CHAPFplain % The default
-
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 %
-}
-
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-
-\def\centerchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt
- \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 %
-}
-
-\def\CHAPFopen{
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
-\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-
-
-% Section titles.
-\newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}}
-\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}}
-\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}}
-
-% Subsection titles.
-\newskip \subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}}
-\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}}
-\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}}
-
-% Subsubsection titles.
-\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip
-\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak
-\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}}
-\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}}
-
-
-% Print any size section title.
-%
-% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section
-% number (maybe empty), #3 the text.
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{%
- {%
- \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip
- \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname
- }%
- {%
- % Switch to the right set of fonts.
- \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm
- %
- % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number.
- \def\secnum{#2}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
- %
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
- \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number
- \unhbox0 #3}%
- }%
- \ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak
-}
-
-
-\message{toc printing,}
-% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
-% to \contentsfile.
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
-\def\startcontents#1{%
- % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
- % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
- % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
- % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege at matematik.su.se>
- \contentsalignmacro
- \immediate\closeout \contentsfile
- \ifnum \pageno>0
- \pageno = -1 % Request roman numbered pages.
- \fi
- % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
- % It is abundantly clear what they are.
- \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
- \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
- \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11
- \catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha at piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
- \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
- \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
-}
-
-
-% Normal (long) toc.
-\outer\def\contents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}%
- \input \jobname.toc
- \endgroup
- \vfill \eject
-}
-
-% And just the chapters.
-\outer\def\summarycontents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}%
- %
- \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
- % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
- \secfonts
- \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl
- \rm
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
- \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{}
- \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
- \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{}
- \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
- \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{}
- \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
- \input \jobname.toc
- \endgroup
- \vfill \eject
-}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-
-% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
-% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
-% The last argument is the page number.
-% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-
-% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents.
-\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}}
-
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
- \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}%
-}
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
-% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
-% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix }
-\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0
-
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
- % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of
- % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
- \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi
- %
- % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the
- % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
- % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
- % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
- \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em
- \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}%
-}
-
-\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}}
-\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}}
-
-% Sections.
-\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}}
-
-% Subsections.
-\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}}
-\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
-
-% And subsubsections.
-\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}}
-\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
-
-% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc
-
-% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
-% page number.
-%
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
-% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
-\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
- \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
- \begingroup
- \chapentryfonts
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
- \endgroup
- \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
-}
-
-\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
-% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We
-% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
-% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
-%
-% \turnoffactive is for the sake of @" used for umlauts.
-\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
- \entry{\turnoffactive #1}{\turnoffactive #2}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
-\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
-
-\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-
-\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
-\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts
-\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts
-
-
-\message{environments,}
-
-% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts.
-\newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox
-\newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox
-\newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox
-
-%{\tentt
-%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}
-%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}
-%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}
-%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}
-% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook)
-%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex
-% depth .1ex\hfil}
-%}
-
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
-
-\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
- \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
- \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
- \vbox{
- \hrule height\dimen2
- \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
- \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
- \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
- \hrule height\dimen2}
- \hfil}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
-% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
-
-\def\tex{\begingroup
-\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
-\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
-\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
-\catcode `\%=14
-\catcode 43=12 % plus
-\catcode`\"=12
-\catcode`\==12
-\catcode`\|=12
-\catcode`\<=12
-\catcode`\>=12
-\escapechar=`\\
-%
-\let\,=\ptexcomma
-\let\{=\ptexlbrace
-\let\}=\ptexrbrace
-\let\.=\ptexdot
-\let\*=\ptexstar
-\let\dots=\ptexdots
-\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}
-\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}
-\def\@{@}%
-\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
-\let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext
-%
-\let\Etex=\endgroup}
-
-% Define @lisp ... @endlisp.
-% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous).
-
-% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
-\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
-
-% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
-% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
-% have any width.
-\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-
-% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
-% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
-% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
-% should produce a line of output anyway.
-%
-{\obeyspaces %
-\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}}
-
-% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is
-% for use in \parsearg.
-{\sepspaces%
-\global\let\obeyedspace= }
-
-% This space is always present above and below environments.
-\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
-
-% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
-% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
-% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip
-%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}}
-
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
-% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
-\let\nonarrowing=\relax
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around argument
-\font\circle=lcircle10
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
-%
-\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
-\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
-\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
-\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
-\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-%
-\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-
-\long\def\cartouche{%
-\begingroup
- \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
- \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
- \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
- \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
- \cartouter=\hsize
- \advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
-% side, and for 6pt waste from
-% each corner char
- \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
- % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
- \let\nonarrowing=\comment
- \vbox\bgroup
- \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
- \carttop
- \hbox\bgroup
- \hskip\lskip
- \vrule\kern3pt
- \vbox\bgroup
- \hsize=\cartinner
- \kern3pt
- \begingroup
- \baselineskip=\normbskip
- \lineskip=\normlskip
- \parskip=\normpskip
- \vskip -\parskip
-\def\Ecartouche{%
- \endgroup
- \kern3pt
- \egroup
- \kern3pt\vrule
- \hskip\rskip
- \egroup
- \cartbot
- \egroup
-\endgroup
-}}
-
-
-% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
-% inside a group.
-\def\nonfillstart{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
- \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
- \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
- \singlespace
- \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
- \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
- \parskip = 0pt
- \parindent = 0pt
- \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
- % at next level down.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
- \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
- \let\nonarrowing=\relax
- \fi
-}
-
-% To ending an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph
-% (via \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we
-% keep the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue
-% will be inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the
-% document, after the environment.
-%
-\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-
-% This macro is
-\def\lisp{\begingroup
- \nonfillstart
- \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
- \tt
- \rawbackslash % have \ input char produce \ char from current font
- \gobble
-}
-
-% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the
-% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
-%
-% We must call \lisp last in the definition, since it reads the
-% return following the @example (or whatever) command.
-%
-\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-\def\smallexample{\begingroup \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-\def\smalllisp{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp. This is not used unless the @smallbook
-% command is given. Originally contributed by Pavel at xerox.
-%
-\def\smalllispx{\begingroup
- \nonfillstart
- \let\Esmalllisp = \nonfillfinish
- \let\Esmallexample = \nonfillfinish
- %
- % Smaller fonts for small examples.
- \indexfonts \tt
- \rawbackslash % make \ output the \ character from the current font (tt)
- \gobble
-}
-
-% This is @display; same as @lisp except use roman font.
-%
-\def\display{\begingroup
- \nonfillstart
- \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
- \gobble
-}
-
-% This is @format; same as @display except don't narrow margins.
-%
-\def\format{\begingroup
- \let\nonarrowing = t
- \nonfillstart
- \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @flushleft (same as @format) and @flushright.
-%
-\def\flushleft{\begingroup
- \let\nonarrowing = t
- \nonfillstart
- \let\Eflushleft = \nonfillfinish
- \gobble
-}
-\def\flushright{\begingroup
- \let\nonarrowing = t
- \nonfillstart
- \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
- \gobble}
-
-% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins.
-%
-\def\quotation{%
- \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
- {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
- \singlespace
- \parindent=0pt
- % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
- % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
- \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
- %
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
- \let\nonarrowing = \relax
- \fi
-}
-
-\message{defuns,}
-% Define formatter for defuns
-% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
-\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-
-\newcount\parencount
-% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things.
-% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in.
-\def\activeparens{%
-\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active
-\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm)
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
-\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
-
-\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 }
-\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
-% This is used to turn on special parens
-% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active).
-\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr}
-
-% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
-% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
-\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested %
-\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
-%
-% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
-\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
-%
-\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
-% also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
-\ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
-\global\advance \parencount by -1 }
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
-%
-\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr}
-} % End of definition inside \activeparens
-%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
-%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ]
-\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}} \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}} \def\ampnr{\&}
-\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
-
-% First, defname, which formats the header line itself.
-% #1 should be the function name.
-% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function".
-
-\def\defname #1#2{%
-% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were
-% outside the @def...
-\dimen2=\leftskip
-\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
-\dimen3=\rightskip
-\advance\dimen3 by -\defbodyindent
-\noindent %
-\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}%
-\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line
-\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations
-\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 %
-% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such)
-% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin,
-% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking
-{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
-% so that \rightline will obey them.
-\advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \advance \hsize by -\dimen3
-\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}}}%
-% Make all lines underfull and no complaints:
-\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
-\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-{\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name
-}
-
-% Actually process the body of a definition
-% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun.
-% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx.
-% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header,
-% such as \defunheader.
-
-\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup %
-\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `='
-\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}
-
-\def\defmethparsebody #1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}}
-
-\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
-
-% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones
-% except that they do not make parens into active characters.
-% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments.
-
-\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup %
-\catcode 61=\active %
-\obeylines\spacesplit#3}
-
-% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody. It could probably be used for
-% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals.
-%
-\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{%
- \begingroup\inENV %
- \medbreak %
- % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
- % so that it will exit this group.
- \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
- \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
- \parindent=0in
- \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
- \begingroup\obeylines
-}
-
-\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
- \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \spacesplit{#3{#4}}%
-}
-
-% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the
-% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct
-% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh.
-% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody
-%
-% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That
-% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and
-% won't strip off the braces.
-%
-\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {%
- \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty
-}
-
-% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the
-% braces (if any). That's what this does.
-%
-\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1}
-
-% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final
-% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3
-% (which might be empty) the arguments.
-%
-\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{%
- #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}%
-}%
-
-\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
-\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
-
-% Split up #2 at the first space token.
-% call #1 with two arguments:
-% the first is all of #2 before the space token,
-% the second is all of #2 after that space token.
-% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg
-% and the second is passed as empty.
-
-{\obeylines
-\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}%
-\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{%
-\ifx\relax #3%
-#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}}
-
-% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions.
-
-% Define @defun.
-
-% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun
-% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
-
-\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl
-% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
-% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
-\hyphenchar\tensl=0
-#1%
-\hyphenchar\tensl=45
-\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{unbalanced parens in @def arguments}\fi%
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000%
-}
-
-\def\deftypefunargs #1{%
-% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
-% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
-% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special.
-\boldbraxnoamp
-\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000%
-}
-
-% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed.
-
-% @deffn Command forward-char nchars
-
-\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader}
-
-\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @defun == @deffn Function
-
-\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
-
-\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-
-\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader}
-
-% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args.
-\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax}
-% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
-\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
-\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}%
-\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-
-\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader}
-
-% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$
-% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null.
-\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi}
-
-% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args.
-\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax}
-% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args.
-\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{%
-\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup
-\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents
-% at least some C++ text from working
-\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}%
-\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @defmac == @deffn Macro
-
-\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
-
-\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @defspec == @deffn Special Form
-
-\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
-
-\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% This definition is run if you use @defunx
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
-
-\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
-\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
-\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
-\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypeunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypeunx in invalid context}}
-
-% @defmethod, and so on
-
-% @defop {Funny Method} foo-class frobnicate argument
-
-\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
-\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
-
-\def\defopheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}%
-\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @defmethod == @defop Method
-
-\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
-
-\def\defmethodheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{Method on #1}%
-\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag
-
-\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}%
-\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
-
-\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}%
-\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable}
-
-\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
-
-\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}%
-\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc.,
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc.
-
-\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
-\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
-\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
-\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
-
-% Now @defvar
-
-% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
-% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
-% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
-\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000}
-
-% @defvr Counter foo-count
-
-\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader}
-
-\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup}
-
-% @defvar == @defvr Variable
-
-\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
-
-\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}%
-\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @defopt == @defvr {User Option}
-
-\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
-
-\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}%
-\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @deftypevar int foobar
-
-\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader}
-
-% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that
-% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index.
-\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
-\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}%
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000
-\endgroup}
-\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}}
-
-% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
-
-\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader}
-
-\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax%
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000
-\endgroup}
-
-% This definition is run if you use @defvarx
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx.
-
-\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
-\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
-\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
-
-% Now define @deftp
-% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
-
-\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}}
-
-% @deftp Class window height width ...
-
-\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader}
-
-\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
-
-% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc.
-
-\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
-
-
-\message{cross reference,}
-% Define cross-reference macros
-\newwrite \auxfile
-
-\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
-\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
-
-% @inforef is simple.
-\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
- node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-
-% \setref{foo} defines a cross-reference point named foo.
-
-\def\setref#1{%
-\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
-\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
-\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ysectionnumberandtype}}
-
-\def\unnumbsetref#1{%
-\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
-\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
-\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ynothing}}
-
-\def\appendixsetref#1{%
-\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
-\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
-\dosetq{#1-snt}{Yappendixletterandtype}}
-
-% \xref, \pxref, and \ref generate cross-references to specified points.
-% For \xrefX, #1 is the node name, #2 the name of the Info
-% cross-reference, #3 the printed node name, #4 the name of the Info
-% file, #5 the name of the printed manual. All but the node name can be
-% omitted.
-%
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
- \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
- \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
- \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
- \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
- % No printed node name was explicitly given.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
- % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
- \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
- % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
- \ifdim \wd1>0pt%
- % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
- \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- \ifhavexrefs
- % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
- \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
- \else
- % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
- \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \fi%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
- % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
- % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
- % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
- % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
- % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}%
- \else
- % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
- % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
- % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
- % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
- % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
- {\turnoffactive \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
- \space [\printednodename],\space
- \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
- \fi
-\endgroup}
-
-% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros
-
-% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
-% work in node names.
-\def\dosetq #1#2{{\let\folio=0 \turnoffactive
-\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq {#1}{#2}}}%
-\next}}
-
-% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into
-% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...}
-% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character
-
-\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}}
-
-% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq
-
-\def\Ypagenumber{\folio}
-
-\def\Ytitle{\thissection}
-
-\def\Ynothing{}
-
-\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{%
-\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno %
-\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno %
-\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
-\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
-\else %
-\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
-\fi \fi \fi }
-
-\def\Yappendixletterandtype{%
-\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}%
-\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno %
-\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
-\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
-\else %
-\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
-\fi \fi \fi }
-
-\gdef\xreftie{'tie}
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
- \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0.
-\else
- \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-
-\def\refx#1#2{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax
- % If not defined, say something at least.
- $\langle$un\-de\-fined$\rangle$%
- \ifhavexrefs
- \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
- \else
- \ifwarnedxrefs\else
- \global\warnedxrefstrue
- \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % It's defined, so just use it.
- \csname X#1\endcsname
- \fi
- #2% Output the suffix in any case.
-}
-
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
-\def\xrdef #1#2{{%
- \catcode`\'=\other
- \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname{#2}%
-}}
-
-% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
-\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^@=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\^^C=\other
- \catcode`\^^D=\other
- \catcode`\^^E=\other
- \catcode`\^^F=\other
- \catcode`\^^G=\other
- \catcode`\^^H=\other
- \catcode`\ =\other
- \catcode`\^^L=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode`\=\other
- \catcode26=\other
- \catcode`\^^[=\other
- \catcode`\^^\=\other
- \catcode`\^^]=\other
- \catcode`\^^^=\other
- \catcode`\^^_=\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\^=\other
- % It was suggested to define this as 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
- % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
- % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
- % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
- % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
- % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
- % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
- % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
- %
- % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
- % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
- % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
- %
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \catcode`\[=\other
- \catcode`\]=\other
- \catcode`\"=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\$=\other
- \catcode`\#=\other
- \catcode`\&=\other
- % `\+ does not work, so use 43.
- \catcode43=\other
- % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
- {%
- \count 1=128
- \def\loop{%
- \catcode\count 1=\other
- \advance\count 1 by 1
- \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
- }%
- }%
- % The aux file uses ' as the escape (for now).
- % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
- % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
- % For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
- % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
- % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
- \catcode`\{=1
- \catcode`\}=2
- \catcode`\%=\other
- \catcode`\'=0
- \catcode`\\=\other
- %
- \openin 1 \jobname.aux
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
- \input \jobname.aux
- \global\havexrefstrue
- \global\warnedobstrue
- \fi
- % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
- \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
-\endgroup}
-
-
-% Footnotes.
-
-\newcount \footnoteno
-
-% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
-% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
-% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
-% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
-% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only..
-\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-
-{\catcode `\@=11
-%
-% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
-\gdef\footnote{%
- \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
- \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
- %
- % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
- % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
- \let\@sf\empty
- \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
- %
- % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
- \unskip
- \thisfootno\@sf
- \footnotezzz
-}%
-
-% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
-% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
-%
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
-% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
-%
-\long\gdef\footnotezzz{\insert\footins\bgroup
- % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
- % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
- % So reset some parameters.
- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
- \floatingpenalty\@MM
- \leftskip\z at skip
- \rightskip\z at skip
- \spaceskip\z at skip
- \xspaceskip\z at skip
- \parindent\defaultparindent
- %
- % Hang the footnote text off the number.
- \hang
- \textindent{\thisfootno}%
- %
- % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
- % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
- % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
- \footstrut
- \futurelet\next\fo at t
-}
-\def\fo at t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t
- \else\let\next\f at t\fi \next}
-\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next}
-\def\f at t#1{#1\@foot}
-\def\@foot{\strut\egroup}
-
-}%end \catcode `\@=11
-
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-\def\setleading#1{%
- \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
- \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
- \normalbaselines
- \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
- \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
- depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
- }%
-}
-
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
-% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
-%
-\def\|{%
- % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
- \leavevmode
- %
- % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
- \vadjust{%
- % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
- % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
- \vskip-\baselineskip
- %
- % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
- % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
- \llap{%
- %
- % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
- \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
- %
- % This is the space between the bar and the text.
- \hskip 12pt
- }%
- }%
-}
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
-
-
-% End of control word definitions.
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-\def\openindices{%
- \newindex{cp}%
- \newcodeindex{fn}%
- \newcodeindex{vr}%
- \newcodeindex{tp}%
- \newcodeindex{ky}%
- \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
-% Set some numeric style parameters, for 8.5 x 11 format.
-
-\hsize = 6in
-\hoffset = .25in
-\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-\parindent = \defaultparindent
-\parskip 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-\setleading{13.2pt}
-\advance\topskip by 1.2cm
-
-\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-
-% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness=10000
-
-% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
-\widowpenalty=10000
-\clubpenalty=10000
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
-% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
-% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format.
-%
-\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
- % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
- \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
-\else
- \emergencystretch = \hsize
- \divide\emergencystretch by 45
-\fi
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 format (or else 7x9.25)
-\def\smallbook{
- \global\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
- \global\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
- \global\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
- %
- \global\lispnarrowing = 0.3in
- \setleading{12pt}
- \advance\topskip by -1cm
- \global\parskip 2pt plus 1pt
- \global\hsize = 5in
- \global\vsize=7.5in
- \global\tolerance=700
- \global\hfuzz=1pt
- \global\contentsrightmargin=0pt
- \global\deftypemargin=0pt
- \global\defbodyindent=.5cm
- %
- \global\pagewidth=\hsize
- \global\pageheight=\vsize
- %
- \global\let\smalllisp=\smalllispx
- \global\let\smallexample=\smalllispx
- \global\def\Esmallexample{\Esmalllisp}
-}
-
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{
-\global\tolerance=700
-\global\hfuzz=1pt
-\setleading{12pt}
-\global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt
-
-\global\vsize= 53\baselineskip
-\advance\vsize by \topskip
-%\global\hsize= 5.85in % A4 wide 10pt
-\global\hsize= 6.5in
-\global\outerhsize=\hsize
-\global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
-\global\outervsize=\vsize
-\global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in
-
-\global\pagewidth=\hsize
-\global\pageheight=\vsize
-}
-
-\bindingoffset=0pt
-\normaloffset=\hoffset
-\pagewidth=\hsize
-\pageheight=\vsize
-
-% Allow control of the text dimensions. Parameters in order: textheight;
-% textwidth; voffset; hoffset; binding offset; topskip.
-% All require a dimension;
-% header is additional; added length extends the bottom of the page.
-
-\def\changepagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{
- \global\vsize= #1
- \global\topskip= #6
- \advance\vsize by \topskip
- \global\voffset= #3
- \global\hsize= #2
- \global\outerhsize=\hsize
- \global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
- \global\outervsize=\vsize
- \global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in
- \global\pagewidth=\hsize
- \global\pageheight=\vsize
- \global\normaloffset= #4
- \global\bindingoffset= #5}
-
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin
-% 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm.
-\def\afourlatex
- {\global\tolerance=700
- \global\hfuzz=1pt
- \setleading{12pt}
- \global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt
- \advance\baselineskip by 1.6pt
- \changepagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}
- }
-
-% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
-\def\afourwide{\afourpaper
-\changepagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}}
-
-% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\~=\other
-\catcode`\^=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode`\+=\other
-\def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\def\normaltilde{~}
-\def\normalcaret{^}
-\def\normalunderscore{_}
-\def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\def\normalless{<}
-\def\normalgreater{>}
-\def\normalplus{+}
-
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
-% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
-% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
-%
-% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
-% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
-% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
-% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
-% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
-% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt \char '042}}
-\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt \char '176}}
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\def^{{\tt \hat}}
-
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}}
-
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt \char '174}}
-\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<{{\tt \less}}
-\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
-\catcode`\+=\active
-\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-%\catcode 27=\active
-%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$}
-
-% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time.
-{\catcode`\==\active
-\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}}
-
-\catcode`+=\active
-\catcode`\_=\active
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
-
-\catcode`\@=0
-
-% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font
-\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
-%{\catcode`\\=\other
-%@gdef at rawbackslashxx{\}}
-
-% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx.
-{\catcode`\\=\active
- at gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }}
-
-% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
-\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
-
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-\escapechar=`\@
-
-% \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q
-\catcode`\\=\active
-
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
-% even after parsing them.
- at def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
- at let\=@realbackslash
- at let~=@normaltilde
- at let^=@normalcaret
- at let_=@normalunderscore
- at let|=@normalverticalbar
- at let<=@normalless
- at let>=@normalgreater
- at let+=@normalplus}
-
- at def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
- at let\=@normalbackslash
- at let~=@normaltilde
- at let^=@normalcaret
- at let_=@normalunderscore
- at let|=@normalverticalbar
- at let<=@normalless
- at let>=@normalgreater
- at let+=@normalplus}
-
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
- at otherifyactive
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
-% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
-% a backslash.
-%
- at gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
- at global@let\ = @eatinput
-
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
- at gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
- @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active}
-
-%% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below
-%% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10
- at catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other
-
- at textfonts
- at rm
-
- at c Local variables:
- at c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
- at c End:
More information about the pkg-dutch-commit
mailing list